AM(FL) usa cover.qxp - Soul Hamsters Forum

AM(FL) usa cover.qxp - Soul Hamsters Forum
GAS STATION INFORMATION
Gasoline
UNLEADED gasoline
AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity
12.68 gal. (48 liters)
Recommended Engine Oil
API Service SM or above,
ILSAC GF-4 or above
Engine Oil Capacity with Filter
1.6L Engine : 3.49 qts. (3.3 liters)
2.0L Engine : 4.23 qts. (4.0 liters)
Engine Coolant
1.6L Engine : 6.87 qts. (6.5 liters)
2.0L Engine : 6.76 qts. (6.4 liters)
Tire Pressure (measured cold)
P195/65R15 : 33 psi
P205/55R16 : 33 psi
P235/45R18 : 33 psi
Automatic Transaxle Fluid
MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV,
NOCA ATF SP-IV, Kia genuine ATF SP-IV
or other brands meeting the above specification approved by Kia motors corp.
Capacity - 1.6L Engine : 7.71 qts. (7.3 liters)
2.0L Engine : 7.5 qts. (7.1 liters)
Manual Transaxle Fluid
API Service GL-4 (SAE 75W-85, fill for-life) or
other brands meeting the GL-4 specitication
approved by Kia Motors Corp.
Capacity - 1.6L Engine : 1.9 ~2.0 US qt
(1.8~1.9 liters)
2.0L Engine : 2.0 ~2.11 US qt
(1.9~2.0 liters)
Brake Fluid
FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
Kia, THE COMPANY
Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.
As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality, value
for money prices, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a
customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.
All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate at the
time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes
at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can
be carried out.
This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a
result, you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to your specific Kia vehicle.
Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!
Foreword
Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.
When you require service, remember that your Kia Dealer
knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained technicians, recommended special tools, genuine Kia replacement
parts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction.
Because subsequent owners require this important information
as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is
sold.
This manual will familiarize you with operational, maintenance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is supplemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual
that provides important information on all warranties regarding
your vehicle.
We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the
recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation
of your new vehicle.
Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features
for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment
described in this manual, along with the various illustrations,
may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.
i
The information and specifications provided in this manual
were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to
discontinue or change specifications or design at any time
without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you
have questions, always check with your Kia dealer.
We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring
pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.
© 2012 Kia MOTORS AMERICA, Inc.
All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in
whole or in part without the written consent of Kia MOTORS
AMERICA, Inc.
Printed in Korea
table of contents
Introduction
1
Your vehicle at a glance
2
Safety features of your vehicle
3
Features of your vehicle
4
Driving your vehicle
5
What to do in an emergency
6
Maintenance
7
Specifications, Consumer information,
Reporting safety defects
8
Index
I
ii
Introduction
How to use this manual / 1-2
Fuel requirements / 1-3
Vehicle handling instructions / 1-5
Vehicle break-in process / 1-5
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders / 1-6
Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-7
1
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can
assist you in many ways. We strongly recommend that you read the
entire manual. In order to minimize
the chance of death or injury, you
must read the WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words
in this manual to best explain how to
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your
manual, you will learn about features, important safety information,
and driving tips under various road
conditions.
The general layout of the manual is
provided in the Table of Contents.
Use the index when looking for a
specific area or subject; it has an
alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
1 2
Sections: This manual has eight sections plus an index. Each section
begins with a brief list of contents so
you can tell at a glance if that section
has the information you want.
You will find various types of safety
instructions in this manual. These
instructions were prepared to
enhance your personal safety.
Carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these instructions.
WARNING - Injury or
death
A WARNING indicates a situation in which harm, serious bodily injury or death could result if
the warning is ignored.
CAUTION - Possible
vehicle damage
A CAUTION indicates a situation
in which damage to your vehicle
could result if the caution is
ignored.
✽ NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being provided.
Introduction
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Your new vehicle is designed to use
only unleaded fuel having a pump
octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or
higher.
Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain maximum performance with
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
Never add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than
what has been specified. (Consult an
authorized Kia dealer for details.)
WARNING - Refueling
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off.
Attempts to force more fuel
into the tank can cause fuel
overflow onto you and the
ground causing a risk of fire.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
✽ NOTICE
Tighten the cap until it clicks one
time, otherwise the fuel cap open
warning indicator
light will illuminate.
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alcohol), and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol (also known as
wood alcohol) are being marketed
along with or instead of leaded or
unleaded gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 10% ethanol, and do not use
gasoline or gasohol containing any
methanol. Either of these fuels may
cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any
kind if drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the
manufacturer’s warranty if they result
from the use of:
1.Gasohol containing more than
10% ethanol.
2.Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
3.Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
1 3
Introduction
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15
percent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible
Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compatible with your vehicle. Use of “E85”
may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle's
engine and fuel system. Kia recommends that customers do not use
fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 10 percent.
✽ NOTICE
Your
New
Vehicle
Limited
Warranty does not cover damage to
the fuel system or any performance
problems caused by the use of “E85”
fuel.
1 4
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood
alcohol) should not be used in your
vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce
vehicle performance and damage
components of the fuel system.
✽ NOTICE
Your
New
Vehicle
Limited
Warranty may not cover damage to
the fuel system and any performance problems that are caused by
the use of fuels containing methanol.
Fuel Additives
Kia recommends that you use good
quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine.
These gasolines will help the engine
run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control
System. For more information on
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline,
please go to the website (www.toptiergas.com)
For customers who do not use TOP
Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly,
and have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, additives that you can buy separately
may be added to the gasoline. If
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
available, one bottle of additive
added to the fuel tank at every 7,500
miles or 12 months is recommended.
Additives are available from your
authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do
not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle
in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
Introduction
VEHICLE HANDLING
INSTRUCTIONS
As with other vehicles of this type,
failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control, an
accident or vehicle rollover.
Specific design characteristics (higher ground clearance, track, etc.) give
this vehicle a higher center of gravity
than other types of vehicles. It is not
designed for cornering at the same
speeds as a conventional 2-wheel
drive sedans or sports coupe. Avoid
sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers.
Failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control, an
accident or vehicle rollover. Be sure
to read the “Reducing the risk of a
rollover” driving guidelines, in
section 5 of this manual.
VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS
No special break-in period is needed. By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000
km) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine
speed (rpm, or revolutions per
minute) between 2,000 rpm and
4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is
needed to properly break-in the
engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly.
• Don't let the engine idle longer
than 3 minutes at one time.
• Don't tow a trailer during the first
1,200 miles (2,000 km) of operation.
1 5
Introduction
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an
air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle's
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
• How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/ fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
1 6
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only
if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by
the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data
(e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as
law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
Your rights with respect to the
information discussed above may
vary from state to state. In some
states, such information is considered private, is exclusively
owned by the owner of the motor
vehicle, and is not retrievable or
usable by another person or entity.
Introduction
INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Door Ajar Warning Light
Engine Oil Pressure Warning
Light
Auto stop for ISG system
indicator*
Seat Belt Warning Light
Charging System Warning
Light
Tail light indicator*
High Beam Indicator
Malfunction Indicator
Turn Signal Indicator
Air Bag Warning Light
Front Fog Light Indicator*
Low Tire Pressure Telltale
ESC Indicator
Tailgate Open Warning Light
ESC OFF Indicator
Low Fuel Level Warning Light
ABS Warning Light*
Cruise Indicator*
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light
Cruise SET Indicator*
ECO Active ECO indicator*
Electronic power steering
(EPS) system warning light
KEY
OUT
Key out indicator*
Fuel cap open warning indicator
* if equipped
❈ For more detailed explanations, refer to “Instrument cluster” in section 4.
1 7
Your vehicle at a glance
Interior overview / 2-2
Instrument panel overview / 2-3
Engine compartment / 2-4
2
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Door Lock/Unlock Button ..................4-13
2. Outside Rearview Mirror Control
Switch* ..............................................4-35
3. Central Door Lock Switch*................4-15
4. Power Window Lock Button*.............4-21
5. Power Window Switches* .................4-19
6. Fuse Box...........................................7-55
7. Instrument Panel Illumination Control
Knob* ................................................4-38
8. Idle Stop and Go (ISG) OFF button..5-13
9. ESC OFF Button...............................5-30
10. Hood Release Lever .......................4-22
11. Steering Wheel ...............................4-31
12. Steering Wheel Tilt Lever* ..............4-32
13. Seat...................................................3-2
14. Fuel Filler Lid Release Lever*.........4-24
15. Advanced Lighting Speaker* ........4-108
* if equipped
OAM012001N
2 2
Your vehicle at a glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
1. Instrument Cluster............................4-37
2. Light Control / Turn Signals..............4-62
3. Audio Controls* ..............................4-106
4. Advanced Lighting Speaker*..........4-108
5. Driver's Front Air Bag .......................3-44
6. Auto Cruise Controls*.......................5-37
7. Wiper/Washer...................................4-66
8. Vent Controls....................................4-76
9. Engine start/stop button*....................5-8
10. Active ECO button* ........................5-41
11. Hazard Warning Flasher
Switch........................................4-61, 6-2
12. Passenger air bag OFF indicator ...3-38
13. Climate Control System ........4-73, 4-82
14. Shift Lever .............................5-17, 5-20
15. Brake Pedal
16. Accelerator Pedal
17. Parking Brake.................................5-26
18. Glove Box.......................................4-95
19. Passenger's Front Air Bag .............3-44
* if equipped
OAM012002
2 3
Your vehicle at a glance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ 1.6 Gasoline
1. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir....7-32
2. Engine Oil Filler Cap ........................7-26
3. Engine Oil Dipstick ...........................7-26
4. Engine Coolant Reservoir ................7-28
5. Radiator Cap ....................................7-29
6. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir ...........7-31
■ 2.0 Gasoline
7. Positive Battery Terminal..................7-38
8. Negative Battery Terminal ................7-38
9. Fuse Box ..........................................7-55
10. Air Cleaner .....................................7-34
* if equipped
❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration..
2 4
OAM012003/OAM072100L
Seats / 3-2
Seat belts / 3-14
Child restraint system / 3-24
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system / 3-32
Safety features of your vehicle
3
Safety features of your vehicle
SEATS
Front seat
(1) Forward and backward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height (Driver’s
seat)*
(4) Seat warmer*
(5) Headrest
(6) Armrest (Driver’s seat)*
Rear seats
(7) Folding the seatback
(8) Headrest
* if equipped
OAM032001
3 2
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Loose
objects
Loose objects in the driver's
foot area could interfere with
the operation of the foot pedals.
WARNING - Uprighting
seat
Do not press the release lever
on a manual seatback without
holding and controlling the
seatback. The seatback will
spring upright possibly impacting you or other passengers.
WARNING
WARNING - Driver’s seat
- Driver responsibility for
passengers
The driver must advise the passenger to keep the seatback in
an upright position whenever
the vehicle is in motion. If a seat
is reclined during an accident,
the occupant's hips may slide
under the lap portion of the seat
belt, applying great force to the
unprotected abdomen.
WARNING - Seat
cushion
Occupants should never sit on
seat cushions. The passenger's
hips may slide under the lap
portion of the seat belt during
an accident or a sudden stop.
• Never attempt to adjust the
seat while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss
of control of your vehicle.
• Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position
of the seatback. Storing items
against a seatback or in any
other way interfering with
proper locking of a seatback.
• Sit as far back as possible
from the steering wheel while
still maintaining comfortable
control of your vehicle. A distance of at least 10" from your
chest to the steering wheel is
recommended. Failure to do
so can result in airbag inflation injuries to the driver.
3 3
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Rear
seatbacks
Always lock the rear seatback
before driving. Failure to do so
could result in passengers or
objects being thrown forward
injuring vehicle occupants.
WARNING - Seat
adjustment
• Do not adjust the seat while
wearing seat belts. Moving the
seat forward will cause strong
pressure on the abdomen.
• Do not place your hand near
the seat bottom or seat track
while adjusting the seat. Your
hand could get caught in the
seat mechanism.
OAM039002
Front seat adjustment manual
Forward and rearward
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment
lever up and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and
make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and rearward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.
3 4
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Unexpected
Seat Movement
After adjusting a manual seat,
always check that it is locked by
shifting your weight to the front
and back. Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver's
seat could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle.
OAM039003
OAM039004
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback recline lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat
and adjust the seatback of the
seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seatback is locked in place.
(The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to
lock.)
Seat height (for driver’s seat)
(if equipped)
To change the height of the seat,
push the lever upwards or downwards.
• To lower the seat cushion, push
down the lever several times.
• To raise the seat cushion, pull up
the lever several times.
3 5
Safety features of your vehicle
Also, adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible.
For this reason, the use of a cushion
that holds the body away from the
seatback is not recommended.
WARNING - Headrest
removal/adjustment
OPA039052
Headrest
The driver's and front passenger's
seats are equipped with a headrest
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger, but also helps protect the head
and neck in the event of a collision.
For maximum effectiveness in case
of an accident, the headrest should
be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is at the same height of the
center of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of gravity
of most people's head is similar with
the height of the top of their eyes.
3 6
• Do not operate the vehicle
with the headrests removed.
Headrests can provide critical
neck and head support in a
crash.
• Do not adjust the headrest
height while the vehicle is in
motion. Driver may lose control of the vehicle.
OAM039005
Forward and rearward adjustment
The headrest may be adjusted forward to 4 different positions by
pulling the headrest forward to the
desired detent. To adjust the headrest to it’s furthest rearward position,
pull it fully forward to the farthest
position and release it. Adjust the
headrest so that it properly supports
the head and neck.
Safety features of your vehicle
OAM039006
OAM039007
HNF2041-1
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the
headrest, push and hold the release
button (2) on the headrest support
and lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
Removal and installation
To remove the headrest, raise it as
far as it can go then press the
release button (1) while pulling the
headrest up (2).
To reinstall the headrest, put the
headrest poles (3) into the holes
while pressing the release button (1).
Then adjust it to the appropriate
height.
Make sure the headrest locks in
position after adjusting it to properly
protect the occupants.
Active headrest
The active headrest is designed to
move forward and upward during a
rear impact. This helps to prevent the
driver's and front passenger’s heads
from moving backward and thus
helps minimize neck injuries.
3 7
Safety features of your vehicle
• Each time you push the button, the
temperature setting of the seat is
changed as follows :
) → LOW (
)
→
OFF → HIGH (
• The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the ignition
switch is turned on.
OAM032010
Seat warmer (if equipped)
The seat warmer is provided to warm
the front seats during cold weather.
While the engine is running, push
either of the switches to warm the
driver's seat or the front passenger's
seat.
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the OFF position.
3 8
With the seat warmer switch in the
ON position, the heating system in
the seat turns off or on automatically
depending on the seat temperature.
CAUTION - Seat damage
• When cleaning the seats, do
not use an organic solvent
such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats.
• To prevent overheating the
seat warmer, do not place anything on the seats that insulates against heat, such as
blankets, cushions or seat
covers on the seats while the
seat warmer is in operation.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped
with seat warmers. Damage to
the seat warming components
could occur.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Seat warmer
burns
Never allow passengers who
may not be able to take care of
themselves to be exposed to
the risk of seat heater burns.
These include:
1.Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital
outpatients
2.Persons with sensitive skin or
those that burn easily
3.Fatigued individuals
4.Intoxicated individuals
5.Individuals taking medication
that can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness (sleeping pills,
cold tablets, etc.)
OSA038123
Armrest (if equipped)
To use the armrest, swing down the
armrest to the lowest position.
OUN028040/H
Seatback pocket (if equipped)
WARNING - Seatback
pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pocket.
An occupant could contact
such objects in a crash. Heavy
objects in the front passenger
seatback could also interfere
with the airbag sensing system.
3 9
Safety features of your vehicle
Rear seat adjustment
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
WARNING - Folded
down seatback
Never allow passengers sit on
top of the folded down seatback
while the vehicle is moving. This
is not a proper seating position
and no seat belts are available
for use.
This could result in serious
injury or death in case of an
accident or sudden stop.
3 10
WARNING - Objects
Objects carried on the folded
down seatback should not
extend higher than the top of
the front seatbacks. This could
allow cargo to slide forward and
cause injury or damage during
sudden stops.
OAM032025N
To fold down the rear seatback:
1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in
the pocket (if equipped) between
the rear seatback and cushion,
and insert the rear seat belt webbing in the guide to prevent the
seat belt from being damaged.
2. Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
3.Lower the rear headrests to the
lowest position.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Rear
seatback
OAM039020
OAM039022
5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull
the seatback backward by pulling
on the folding lever. Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place.
Make sure the seatback is locked
in place.
6. Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
OAM039021
4.Pull on the seatback folding lever,
then fold the seat toward the front
of the vehicle. When you return the
seatback to its upright position,
always be sure it has locked into
position by pushing on the top of
the seatback.
When returning the rear seatbacks to
the upright position, remember to
return the rear shoulder belts to their
proper position.
When returning the rear seatback from a folded to an upright
position, hold the seatback and
return it slowly. Ensure that the
seatback is completely locked
into its upright position by
pushing on the top of the seatback. In an accident or sudden
stop, the unlocked seatback
could allow cargo to move forward with great force and enter
the passenger compartment.
WARNING - Cargo
Do not place heavy objects in
the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and
may hit vehicle occupants in a
frontal collision.
3 11
Safety features of your vehicle
Also adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
WARNING - Headrest
removal
OPA039053
Headrest
The rear seat(s) is equipped with
headrests in all the seating positions
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers, but also helps
protect the head and neck in the
event of a collision.
For maximum effectiveness in case
of an accident, the headrest should
be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is at the same height of the
center of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of gravity
of most people's head is similar with
the height as the top of their eyes.
3 12
Do not operate the vehicle with
the
headrests
removed.
Headrests can provide critical
neck and head support in a
crash.
OUN026043
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the
headrest, push and hold the release
button (2) on the headrest support
and lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
Safety features of your vehicle
OUN028044
Removal and installation
To remove the headrest, raise it as
far as it can go then press the
release button (1) while pulling the
headrest up (2).
To reinstall the headrest, put the
headrest poles (3) into the holes
while pessing the release button (1).
Then adjust it to the appropriate
height and ensure that it locks in
position.
3 13
Safety features of your vehicle
SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system
Seat belts are designed to bear upon
the bony structure of the body, and
should be worn low across the front
of the pelvis or the pelvis, chest and
shoulders, as applicable; wearing the
lap section of the belt across the
abdominal area must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as
firmly as possible, consistent with
comfort, to provide the protection for
which they have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the
protection afforded to the wearer.
Care should be taken to avoid contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals, and particularly battery acid. Cleaning may
safely be carried out using mild soap
and water. The belt should be
replaced if webbing becomes frayed,
contaminated or damaged.
• For maximum restraint system protection, the seat belts must always
be used whenever the vehicle is
moving. A properly positioned
shoulder belt should be positioned
midway over your shoulder across
your collarbone.
3 14
• Never allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat. See child
restraint system section for further
discussion.
WARNING - Shoulder
belt
Never wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind your
back. An improperly positioned
shoulder belt cannot protect the
occupant in a crash.
WARNING - Damaged
seat belt
Replace the entire seat belt
assembly if any part of the webbing or hardware is damage as
you can no longer be sure that a
damage seat belt will provide
protection in a crash.
WARNING - Twisted
seat belt
Make sure your seat belt is not
twisted when worn. A twisted
seat belt may not properly protect you in an accident and
could even cut into your body.
WARNING - Seat belt
buckle
Do not allow foreign material
(gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) to
obstruct the seat belt buckle.
This may prevent the seat belt
from fastening securely.
Safety features of your vehicle
Conditions
Seat Belt
Vehicle
Speed
Unbuckled
Buckled
Warning Pattern
LightBlink
ChimeSound
6 seconds
6 seconds None
Below 3 mph
6 seconds
(5 km/h)
Buckled →
Unbuckled
6 seconds
Above 6 mph 6 sec. on / 24 sec. off
(10 km/h)
(11 times)
Above 6 mph
(10 km/h)
6 seconds *1
1GQA2083
Seat belt warning (for driver’s
seat)
The driver's seat belt warning light
and chime will activate to the following table when the ignition switch is
in "ON" position.
3 mph~
6 mph
None
Unbuckled
↓
↓
Below 3 mph
(5 km/h)
Stop *2
*1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times
with an interval of 24 seconds. If
the driver's seat belt is buckled, the
light will stop within 6 seconds and
chime will stop immediately.
2
* The light will stop within 6 seconds
and chime will stop immediately.
B180A01NF-1
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor
To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of
the retractor and insert the metal tab
(1) into the buckle (2). There will be
an audible "click" when the tab locks
into the buckle.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length only after the lap
belt portion is adjusted manually so
that it fits snugly around your hips. If
you lean forward in a slow, easy
motion, the belt will extend and let
you move around. If there is a sudden stop or impact, however, the belt
will lock into position. It will also lock
3 15
Safety features of your vehicle
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt from the
retractor, firmly pull the belt out and
release it. Then you will be able to
pull the belt out smoothly.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button
(2).
Release the button to lock the
anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
Front seat
OUN026100
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the
shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4
positions for maximum comfort and
safety.
The height of the seat belt should not
be too close to your neck. The shoulder portion should be adjusted so
that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder near the door
and not your neck.
3 16
WARNING - Shoulder
belt position
Never position the shoulder belt
across your neck or face.
WARNING - Seat belt
replacement
Replace your seat belts after
being in an accident. Failure to
replace seat belts after an accident could leave you with damaged seat belts that will not provide protection in the event of
another collision.
Safety features of your vehicle
B200A02NF
You should place the lap belt portion
as low as possible and snugly across
your hips. If the lap belt is located too
high on your waist, it may increase
the chance of injury in the event of a
collision.
The arm closest to the seat belt
buckle should be over the belt while
the other arm should be under the
belt as shown in the illustration.
Seat belts - Front passenger and
rear seat 3-point system with
combination locking retractor
To fasten your seat belt:
Combination retractor type seat belts
are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the
installation of child restraint systems.
Although a combination retractor is
also installed in the front passenger
seat position, it is strongly recommended that children always be
seated in the rear seat. NEVER
place any infant restraint system in
the front seat of the vehicle.
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic locking retractor seat belt. To
fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the
retractor and insert the metal tab into
the buckle. There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle. When not securing a child
restraint, the seat belt operates in the
same way as the driver's seat belt
(Emergency Locking Retractor
Type).
It automatically adjusts to the proper
length only after the lap belt portion
of the seat belt is adjusted manually
so that it fits snugly around your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system, the
seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to “Using a child restraint system” in this section.
To convert from the automatic locking feature to the emergency locking
operation mode, allow the unbuckled
seat belt to fully retract.
3 17
Safety features of your vehicle
OAM039046
B210A01NF-1
OAM039047
When using the rear center seat belt,
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark
must be used.
To release the seat belt:
The seat belt is released by pressing
the release button (1) in the locking
buckle. When it is released, the belt
should automatically draw back into
the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the
belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
Stowing the rear seat belt
The rear seat belt buckles can be
stowed in the pocket between the
rear seatback and cushion when not
in use.
3 18
Safety features of your vehicle
OAM032025N
OED030300
Routing the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guides will
help keep the belts from being
trapped behind or under the seats
when they are folded down.
After inserting the seat belt, tighten
the belt webbing by pulling it up.
Pre-tensioner seat belt
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's pre-tensioner
seat belts. The purpose of the pretensioner is to make sure that the
seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain frontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seat belts
may be activated in crashes where
the collision is severe enough.
CAUTION - Seat belt
guide
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position. In certain frontal
collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter
contact against the occupant's body.
If the system senses excessive seat
belt tension on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner activates, the load limiter inside
the seat belt retractor will release
some of the pressure on the affected
seat belt.
Remove the seat belt from the
guides before using. If you pull
the seat belt when it is stored in
the guides, it may damage the
guides and/or belt webbing.
3 19
Safety features of your vehicle
Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated in certain frontal collisions.
The pre-tensioners will not be activated if the seat belts are not being
worn at the time of the collision.
✽ NOTICE
OAM032060N
The seat belt pre-tensioner system
consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in
the illustration:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
3. Anchor pre-tensioner assembly
4. SRS control module
3 20
When the pre-tensioner seat belts
are activated, a loud noise may be
heard and fine dust, which may
appear to be smoke, may be visible
in the passenger compartment.
These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
WARNING - Skin
irritation
Wash all exposed skin areas
thoroughly after an accident in
which the pre-tensioner seat
belts were activated. The fine
dust from the pre-tensioner
activation may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed
for prolonged periods.
• Because the sensor that activates
the SRS air bag is connected with
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the
SRS air bag warning light ( ) on
the instrument panel will illuminate
for approximately 6 seconds after
the ignition switch has been turned
to the ON position, and then it
should turn off.
• If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not
working properly, this warning light
will illuminate even if there is no
malfunction of the SRS air bag. If
the SRS air bag warning light does
not illuminate when the ignition
switch is turned ON, or if it
remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds, or
if it illuminates while the vehicle is
being driven, please have an
authorized Kia dealer inspect the
pre-tensioner seat belt and SRS
air bag system as soon as possible.
Safety features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Do not attempt to service or repair
the pre-tensioner seat belt system in
any manner. Do not attempt to
inspect or replace the pre-tensioner
seat belts yourself. This must be
done by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Hot pretensioner
Do not touch the pre-tensioner
seat belt assemblies for several
minutes after they have been
activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism
fires during a collision the pretensioner becomes hot and can
burn you.
Seat belt precautions
Infant or small child
All 50 states have child restraint
laws. You should be aware of the
specific requirements in your state.
Child and/or infant seats must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. For more information
about the use of these restraints,
refer to “Child restraint system” in this
section.
Pre-tensioners are designed to operate only one time. After activation,
pre-tensioner seat belts must be
replaced. If the pre-tensioner must
be replaced, contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
3 21
Safety features of your vehicle
Larger children
Children who are too large for child
restraint systems should always
occupy the rear seat and use the
available lap/shoulder belts. The lap
portion should be fastened and
snugged on the hips and as low as
possible. Check if the belt fits periodically. A child's squirming could put
the belt out of position. Children are
given the most safety in the event of
an accident when they are restrained
by a proper restraint system in the
rear seat. If a larger child (over age
12) must be seated in the front seat,
the child should be securely
restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be
placed in the rearmost position.
Children age 12 and under should be
restrained securely in the rear seat.
NEVER place a child age 12 and
under in the front seat. NEVER place
a rear facing child seat in the front
seat of a vehicle.
3 22
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child’s neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center
of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck they need
to be returned to a child restraint system.
WARNING - Small
Restraint of pregnant women
Pregnant women should wear
lap/shoulder belt assemblies whenever possible according to specific
recommendations by their doctors.
The lap portion of the belt should be
worn AS SNUGLY AND LOW AS
POSSIBLE on the hips, not a cross
the abdomen.
children
Do not allow small children to
ride in the vehicle without an
appropriate child restraint system. If the shoulder belt comes
in contact with your child's neck
or face your child is too small to
ride in the vehicle. In a crash the
seat belt will inflict injury to
your child's neck, throat and
face.
WARNING - Pregnant
women
Pregnant women must never
place the lap portion of the seat
belt above or on the abdomen
where the fetus is located. The
force of the seat belt during a
collision will crush the fetus.
Safety features of your vehicle
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary, you should
consult a physician for recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children)
should never attempt to use a single
seat belt. This could increase the
severity of injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
To reduce the chance of injuries in
the event of an accident and to
achieve maximum effectiveness of
the restraint system, all passengers
should be sitting up and the front and
rear seats should be in an upright
position when the vehicle is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper
protection if the person is lying down
in the rear seat or if the front and rear
seats are in a reclined position.
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware are
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse.
WARNING - Pinched
seat belt
Make sure that the webbing
and/or buckle does not get
caught or pinched in the rear
seat when returning the rear
seatback to its upright position.
A
caught
or
pinched
webbing/buckle may become
damaged and could fail during a
collision or sudden stop.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire in-use seat belt assembly
or assemblies should be replaced if
the vehicle has been involved in an
accident. This should be done even if
no damage is visible. Additional
questions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to an
authorized Kia dealer.
3 23
Safety features of your vehicle
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Children riding in the car should sit in
the rear seat and must always be
properly restrained to minimize the
risk of injury in an accident, sudden
stop or sudden maneuver. According
to accident statistics, children are
safer when properly restrained in the
rear seats than in the front seat.
Larger children not in a child restraint
should use one of the seat belts provided.
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state. Child
and/or infant safety seats must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system
that meets the requirements of the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS).
Child restraint systems are designed
to be secured in vehicle seats by
seat belt, or by a tether anchor
and/or LATCH anchors (if equipped).
3 24
Children could be injured or killed in
a crash if their restraints are not
properly secured. For small children
and babies, a child seat or infant seat
must be used. Before buying a particular child restraint system, make
sure it fits your car seat and seat
belts, and fits your child.
Follow all the instructions provided
by the manufacturer when installing
the child restraint system.
WARNING - Restraint
location
Never install a child or infant
seat on the front passenger's
seat. A child riding in the front
passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating airbag.
CAUTION - Hot child
restraint
A child restraint system can
become very hot if it is left in a
closed vehicle on a sunny day.
Be sure to check the seat cover,
buckles and latches before placing a child in the restraint system.
When the child restraint system is
not in use, store it in the luggage
area or fasten it with a seat belt so
that it will not be thrown forward in
case of a sudden stop or an accident.
Safety features of your vehicle
Rearward-facing child restraint system
WARNING - Holding
children
Never hold a child in your arms
or lap when riding in a vehicle.
The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child
from your arms and throw the
child against the car’s interior.
Always use a child restraint
system which is appropriate for
your child's height and weight.
WARNING - Seat belt
use
Do not use one seat belt for two
occupants at the same time.
This will eliminate any safety
benefit provided by the seat belt
to the occupants.
CRS09
Forward-facing child restraint system
WARNING - Unattended
Children
Never leave children unattended in a vehicle. The car can heat
up very quickly, resulting in
injuries to the child in the vehicle.
OUN026150
Using a child restraint system
For small children and babies, the
use of a child seat or infant seat is
required. This child seat or infant
seat should be of appropriate size for
the child and should be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
3 25
Safety features of your vehicle
For safety reasons, we recommend
that the child restraint system be
used in the rear seats.
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking
mode), you must manually change
these seat belts to the automatic
locking mode to secure a child
restraint.
3 26
If the seat belt does not operate as
described in this section, have the
system checked immediately by your
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Child seat
installation
• Always follow the instructions
provided by the child restraint
system manufacturer. Child
restraint system manufacturers know their products best.
• Failure to observe this manual's instructions regarding
child restraint system and the
instructions provided with the
child restraint system could
result in the improper installation of the child restraint system which may reduce the
protection to your child in a
crash or a sudden stop.
E2MS103005
Placing a passenger seat belt
into the automatic locking mode
The automatic locking mode will help
prevent the normal movement of the
child in the vehicle from causing the
seat belt to loosen and compromise
the child restraint system. To secure
a child restraint system, use the following procedure.
Safety features of your vehicle
OEN036101
OEN036102
OEN036103
To install a child restraint system on
the outboard or center rear seats, do
the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on
the seat and route the lap/shoulder belt around or through the
restraint, following the restraint
manufacturer’s instructions. Be
sure the seat belt webbing is not
twisted.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click” sound.
Position the release button so that it
is easy to access in case of an emergency.
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat belt all the way out. When the
shoulder portion of the seat belt is
fully extended, it will shift the
retractor to the “Automatic
Locking” (child restraint) mode.
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion
of the seat belt to retract and listen
for an audible “clicking” or “ratcheting” sound. This indicates that the
retractor is in the “Automatic
Locking” mode. If no distinct sound
is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.
3 27
Safety features of your vehicle
OEN036104
5. Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while
feeding the shoulder belt back into
the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is
in the “Automatic Locking” mode
by attempting to pull more of the
seat belt out of the retractor. If you
cannot, the retractor is in the
“Automatic Locking” mode.
3 28
The lap/shoulder belt automatically
returns to the “emergency lock
mode” whenever the belt is allowed
to retract fully.
Therefore, the preceding seven
steps must be followed each time a
child restraint is installed.
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.
WARNING - Auto lock
mode
Set the retractor to Automatic
Lock mode when installing any
child restraint system. If the
retractor is not in the Automatic
Locking mode, the child
restraint can move when your
vehicle turns or stops suddenly.
OAM039048
Securing a child restraint seat
with tether anchor system
Child restraint hook holders are
located on the back of the rear seatbacks.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Tether strap
Never mount more than one
child restraint to a single tether
anchor or to a single lower
anchorage point. The increased
load caused by multiple seats
may cause the tethers or lower
anchorage points to break.
2GHA3300L
1.Route the child restraint seat tether strap over the seatback.
For vehicles with adjustable headrests, route the tether strap under
the headrest and between the
headrest posts, otherwise route
the tether strap over the top of the
seatback.
2.Connect the tether strap hook to
the appropriate child restraint hook
holder and tighten to secure the
child restraint seat.
Check that the child restraint system
is secure by pushing and pulling it in
different directions. Incorrectly fitted
child restraints may swing, twist, tip
or separate causing death or serious
injury.
1SAE3090A
Securing a child restraint seat
with child seat lower anchor system
Some child seat manufacturers
make child restraint seats that are
labeled as LATCH or LATCH-compatible child restraint seats. LATCH
stands for "Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children". These seats
include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two
LATCH anchors at specific seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
child restraint seat eliminates the
need to use seat belts to attach the
child seat in the rear seats.
3 29
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Unused rear
Lower Anchor
Position Indicator
seatbelts
Always fasten the seatbelts
behind the child restraint seat
when they are not used to
secure the child seat. Failure to
do so may result in child strangulation.
Lower Anchor
OUN038139L
OUN036140L
Child restraint symbols are located
on the left and right rear seat backs
to indicate the position of the lower
anchors for child restraints.
LATCH anchors have been provided
in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors
are located in the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Their
locations are shown in the illustration. There is no LATCH anchor provided for the center rear seating
position.
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and right
outboard seating positions. When
you install your child's restraint system using the LATCH anchors buckle the shoulder lap belt, then lock the
retractor and pull the belt to remove
the slack in the belt so it lies flat
against the vehicle seat.
3 30
Safety features of your vehicle
Follow the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions to properly install child
restraint seats with LATCH or
LATCH-compatible attachments.
Once you have installed the LATCH
child restraint, assure that the seat is
properly attached to the LATCH and
tether anchors.
Also, test the child restraint seat
before you place the child in it. Tilt
the seat from side to side. Also try to
tug the seat forward. Check to see if
the anchors hold the seat in place.
WARNING
- LATCH lower anchors
Never attempt to attach a
LATCH equipped seat in the
center seating position. LATCH
lower anchors are only to be
used with the left and right rear
outboard seating positions. You
may damage the anchors or the
anchors may fail and break in a
collision.
3 31
Safety features of your vehicle
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Driver’s front air bag
Passenger’s front air bag
Side impact air bag
Curtain air bag
Even in vehicles with air bags, you
and your passengers must always
wear the safety belts provided in
order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision
or rollover.
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OAM032026
3 32
Safety features of your vehicle
How does the air bag system
operate
• Air bag are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
or START the appropriate position.
• Air bags inflate in the event of a
serious frontal collision or side collision (if equipped with side impact
air bag or curtain air bag) in order
to help protect the occupants from
serious physical injury.
• There is no single speed at which
the air bags will inflate.
Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate by the severity of a collision
and its direction. These two factors
determine whether the sensors
send out an electronic deployment/inflation signal.
• Air bag deployment depends on a
number of factors including vehicle
speed, angles of impact and the
density and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle
hits in the collision. Though, factors
are not limited to those mentioned
above.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant.
It is virtually impossible for you to
see the air bags inflate during an
accident. It is much more likely that
you will simply see the deflated air
bags hanging out of their storage
compartments after the collision.
• In order to help provide protection
in a severe collision, the air bags
must inflate rapidly. The speed of
air bag inflation is a consequence
of the extremely short time in
which a collision occurs and the
need to get the air bag between
the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts
those structures. This speed of
inflation reduces the risk of serious
or life-threatening injuries in a
severe collision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design.
However, air bag inflation can also
cause injuries which normally can
include facial abrasions, bruises
and broken bones, and sometimes
more severe injuries because the
inflation speed also causes the air
bags to expand with a great deal of
force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the air
bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned
excessively close to the air bag.
WARNING - Airbag
inflation
Sit as far back as possible from
the steering wheel while still
maintaining comfortable control of your vehicle. A distance
of at least 10" from your chest
to the steering wheel is recommended. Failure to do so can
result in airbag inflation injuries
to the driver.
3 33
Safety features of your vehicle
Noise and smoke
When the air bags inflate, they make
a loud noise and they leave smoke
and powder in the air inside of the
vehicle. This is normal and is a result
of the ignition of the air bag inflator.
After the air bag inflates, you may
feel substantial discomfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest
with both the seat belt and the air
bag, as well as from breathing the
smoke and powder. Open your
doors and/or windows as soon as
possible after impact in order to
reduce discomfort and prevent
prolonged exposure to the smoke
and powder.
Though smoke and powder are nontoxic, it may cause irritation to the
skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and consult a
doctor if the symptom persists.
3 34
WARNING - Hot
components
Do not touch the air bag storage
area's internal components
immediately after airbag inflation. The air bag related parts in
the steering wheel, instrument
panel and the roof rails above
the front and rear doors are
very hot. Hot components can
result in burn injuries.
1JBH3051
Installing a child restraint on a
front passenger’s seat is forbidden
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger’s
seat. If the air bag deploys, it would
impact the rear-facing child restraint,
causing serious or fatal injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing
child restraints in the front passenger’s seat either. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it would cause
serious or fatal injuries to the child.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Air bag
deployment
When children are seated in the
rear outboard seats of a vehicle
equipped with side and/or curtain air bags, install the child
restraint system as far away
from the door side as possible.
Inflation of the side and/or curtain air bags could impact the
child.
W7-147
Air bag warning light
The purpose of the air bag warning
light in your instrument panel is to
alert you of a potential problem with
your air bag - Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS).
When the ignition switch is turned
ON, the warning light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds,
then go off.
Have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer if:
• The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the ignition
switch is in ON position.
3 35
Safety features of your vehicle
10. PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator (Front passenger’s seat
only)
11. Occupant detection system
(Front passenger’s seat only)
12. Driver’s and front passenger’s
seat belt buckle sensors
13. Anchor pretensioner assembly
14. Side pressure sensor
,
,
OAM032160N
SRS components and functions
The SRS consists of the following
components:
1. Driver's front air bag module
2. Passenger's front air bag module
3. Side impact air bag modules
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors
3 36
The SRSCM continually monitors all
SRS components while the ignition
switch is ON to determine if a crash
impact is severe enough to require
air bag deployment or pre-tensioner
seat belt deployment.
The SRS air bag warning light on the
instrument panel will illuminate for
about 6 seconds after the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position,
after which the SRS air bag warning
light should go out.
If any of the following conditions
occurs, this indicates a malfunction
of the SRS. Have an authorized Kia
dealer inspect the air bag system as
soon as possible.
• The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the ignition
switch is in ON position.
Safety features of your vehicle
Driver’s front air bag (1)
Driver’s front air bag (2)
Driver’s front air bag (3)
B240B01L
B240B02L
B240B03L
The front air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering
wheel and in the front passenger's
panel above the glove box. When the
SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe
impact to the front of the vehicle, it
will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will
separate under pressure from the
expansion of the air bags. Further
opening of the covers then allows full
inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver's or the passenger's
forward motion, reducing the risk of
head and chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately
starts
deflating,
enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer
or operate other controls.
3 37
Safety features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Passenger’s front air bag
Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a battery terminal, turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition switch.
Never remove or replace the air bag
related fuse(s) when the ignition
switch is in the ON position. Failure
to heed this warning will cause the
SRS air bag warning light to illuminate.
B240B05L
■ Type A
OAM032071N
■ Type B
WARNING
- Air bag obstructions
Do not install or place any
accessories on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, or on
the front passenger's panel
above the glove box in a vehicle
Such objects may become dangerous projectiles if the air bag
deploys.
3 38
OAM032072N
Occupant detection system
Your vehicle is equipped with an
occupant detection system in the
front passenger's seat.
Safety features of your vehicle
The occupant detection system is
designed to detect the presence of a
properly-seated front passenger and
determine if the passenger's front air
bag should be enabled (may inflate)
or not. The driver's front air bag is not
affected or controlled by the occupant detection system.
Main components of occupant
detection system
• A detection device located within
the front passenger seat track.
• Electronic system to determine
whether passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated.
• A warning light located on the
instrument panel which illuminates
the words PASSENGER AIR BAG
“OFF” indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated.
• The instrument panel air bag warning light is interconnected with the
occupant detection system.
If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system
determines to be of adult size, and
he/she sits properly (sitting upright
with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion
with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the
floor), the PASSENGER AIR BAG
“OFF” indicator will turn off and the
front passenger's air bag will be able
to inflate, if necessary, in frontal
crashes.
You will find the PASSENGER AIR
BAG “OFF” indicator on the center
facia panel. This system detects the
conditions 1~4 in the following table
and activates or deactivates the front
passenger air bag based on these
conditions.
3 39
Safety features of your vehicle
Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and
restrained properly (sitting upright
with the seat in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion, with
the person’s legs comfortably
extended, feet on the floor, and wearing the safety belt properly) for the
most effective protection by the air
bag and the safety belt.
3 40
• The ODS (Occupant Detection
System) may not function properly if
the passenger takes actions which
can affect the detection system.
These include:
(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.
(2) Leaning against the door or center console.
(3) Sitting towards the sides or the
front of the seat.
(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
(5) Improperly wearing the safety
belt.
(6) Reclining the seat back.
Safety features of your vehicle
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection
system
Indicator/Warning light
Devices
Condition detected by the occupant detection system
PASSENGER AIR
BAG “OFF” indicator light
SRS warning
light
Front passenger
air bag
1. Adult *1 or child age 13 and up*2
Off
Off
Activated
2. Infant or child restraint system
with 12 months old*3 *4
On
Off
Deactivated
3. Unoccupied
On
Off
Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system
Off
On
Activated
*1) The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller
adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her
as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2) Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a smaller
child than the same age sits in the front passenger seat, the system may
recognize him/her as an infant depending on his/her physique or posture.
*3) Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4) The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a
child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.
WARNING - ODS system
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the occupant
detection system (ODS) and
may result in the deactivation of
front passenger airbag. It is
important for the driver to
instruct the passenger as to the
proper seating instructions as
contained in this manual.
Do not hang onto the front passenger seat. Do not hang any
items such as seatback table on
the front passenger seatback.
(Continued)
3 41
Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued)
B990A08O
1KMN3663
1KMN3665
- Never put a heavy load in the
front passenger seat.
- Never sit with the hips shifted
towards the front of the seat.
- Never place the feet on the
dashboard.
OVQ036014N
1KMN3662
1KMN3664
- Never place the feet on the front
passenger seatback.
- Never excessively recline the
front passenger seatback.
- Never lean on the door or center console.
- Never sit on one side of the
front passenger seat.
3 42
Safety features of your vehicle
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator is still on, ask the passenger to move to the rear seat.
Proper position
WARNING - “AIR BAG
OFF” light
B990A01O
When an adult is seated in the front
passenger seat, if the PASSENGER
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn
the ignition switch to the LOCK position and ask the passenger to sit
properly (sitting upright with the seat
back in an upright position, centered
on the seat cushion with their seat
belt on, legs comfortably extended
and their feet on the floor). Restart
the engine and have the person
remain in that position. This will allow
the system to detect the person and
to enable the passenger air bag.
Do not allow an adult passenger
to ride in the front seat when the
PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator
is
illuminated,
because the air bag will not
deploy in the event of a crash.
The driver must instruct the
passenger to reposition himself
in the seat. Failure to properly
position yourself may lead to
airbag deactivation resulting in
airbag non-deployment and in a
collision. If the PASSENGER
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator
remains illuminated after the
passenger repositions themselves properly and the car is
restarted, it is recommended
that passenger move to the rear
seat because the passenger's
front air bag will not deploy.
✽ NOTICE
The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds after the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or after
the engine is started. If the front
passenger seat is occupied, the occupant detection sensor will then classify the front passenger after several
more seconds.
3 43
Safety features of your vehicle
Any child age 12 and under should
ride in the rear seat. Children too
large for child restraints should use
the available lap/shoulder belts. No
matter what type of crash, children of
all ages are safer when restrained in
the rear seat.
✽ NOTICE
Do not modify or replace the front
passenger seat. Don't place anything
on or attach anything such as a blanket, front seat covers or after market
seat heater to the front passenger
seat. This can adversely affect the
occupant detection system.
If the occupant detection system is
not working properly, the SRS air
bag warning light on the instrument
panel will illuminate because the
passenger's front air bag is connected with the occupant detection system. If there is a malfunction of the
occupant detection system, the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator
will not illuminate and the passenger's front air bag will inflate in frontal
impact crashes even if there is no
occupant in the front passenger's
seat.
Driver’s front air bag
OAM039027
Passenger’s front air bag
OAM039028
Driver's and passenger's front
air bag
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
(Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder
belts at both the driver and passenger seating position.
3 44
Safety features of your vehicle
The indications of the system's presence are the letters "AIR BAG"
embossed on the air bag pad cover
in the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel pad above
the glove box.
The SRS consists of air bags
installed under the pad covers in the
center of the steering wheel and the
passenger's side front panel above
the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protection
than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact
of sufficient severity. The SRS uses
sensors to gather information about
the driver's and front passenger's
seat belt usage and impact severity.
These sensors provide the ability to
control the SRS deployment based
on whether or not the seat belts are
fastened, and how severe the impact
is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability
to control the air bag inflation within
two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity impacts.
A second stage level is provided for
more severe impacts.
The passenger’s front air bag is
designed to help reduce the injury of
children sitting close to the instrument panel in low speed collisions.
However, children are safer if they
are restraint in the rear seat.
According to the impact severity and
seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS
Control Module) controls the air bag
inflation. Failure to properly wear
seat belts can increase the risk or
severity of injury in an accident.
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
with an occupant detection system in
the front passenger's seat. The occupant detection system detects the
presence of a passenger in the front
passenger's seat and will turn off the
front passenger's air bag under certain conditions. For more detail, see
"Occupant detection system" in this
section.
The seat belt buckle sensors determine if the driver and front passenger's seat belts are fastened.
3 45
Safety features of your vehicle
Manufacturers are required by government regulations to provide a
contact point concerning modifications to the vehicle for persons with
disabilities, which modifications may
affect the vehicle’s advanced air bag
system. That contact is Kia’s toll-free
Customer Assistance center at 1800-333-4Kia. However, Kia does
not endorse nor will it support any
changes to any part or structure of
the vehicle that could affect the
advanced air bag system, including
the occupant detection system.
3 46
WARNING
- Replacement/
Modifications
The front passenger seat, dashboard or door should not be
replaced except by an authorized Kia dealer using original
Kia parts designed for this vehicle and model. Any other such
replacement or modification
could adversely affect the operation of the occupant detection
system and your advanced air
bags.
Advanced air bags are combined
with pre-tensioner seat belts to help
provide enhanced occupant protection in frontal crashes. Front air bags
are not intended to deploy in collisions in which sufficient protection
can be provided by the pre-tensioner
seat belt.
WARNING - SRS Wiring
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system.
Doing so could result in injury,
due to accidental deployment of
the air bags or by rendering the
SRS inoperative.
Safety features of your vehicle
The side impact air bags are
designed to deploy only during certain side-impact collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle,
speed and point of impact. The side
air bags are not designed to deploy
in all side impact situations.
Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or
rollover crashes. In addition, front air
bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold.
Rear impact
WARNING - Unexpected
OAM039029
OEP036096N
Side impact
OVQ036018N
Rollover
OUN022141
Side impact air bag
1VQA2091
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
impact air bag in each front seat. The
purpose of the air bag is to provide
the vehicle's driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protection
than that offered by the seat belt
alone.
deployment
Avoid impact to the side impact
airbag sensor when the ignition
switch is ON to prevent unexpected deployment of the side
impact air bag.
The side impact air bag is supplemental to the driver's and the passenger's seat belt systems and is not
a substitute for them. Therefore your
seat belts must be worn at all times
while the vehicle is in operation.
For best protection from the side air
bag system and to avoid being
injured by the deploying side air bag,
both front seat occupants should sit
in an upright position with the seat
belt properly fastened.
3 47
Safety features of your vehicle
The driver's hands should be placed
on the steering wheel at the 9:00 and
3:00 positions. The passenger's
arms and hands should be placed on
their laps.
WARNING - Deployment
Do not install any accessories
including seat covers, on the
side or near the side impact air
bag as this may affect the
deployment of the side air bags.
WARNING - Flying
objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat.
Such objects may become dangerous projectiles if the side
airbag inflates.
OAM039034
If seat or seat cover is damaged,
have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.
Inform that your vehicle is equipped
with side impact air bags and an
occupant detection system.
OUN022096
Curtain air bag
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
3 48
Safety features of your vehicle
They are designed to help protect
the heads of the front seat occupants
and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side
impact collisions, depending on the
crash severity, angle, speed and
impact. The curtain air bags are not
designed to deploy in all side impact
situations, collisions from the front or
rear of the vehicle or in most rollover
situations.
Do not allow the passengers to lean
their heads or bodies onto doors, put
their arms on the doors, stretch their
arms out of the window, or place
objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on
seats equipped with side impact
and/or curtain air bags.
✽ NOTICE
Never try to open or repair any components of the side curtain air bag
system. This should only be done by
an authorized Kia dealer.
3 49
Safety features of your vehicle
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional
protection.
These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low
speed impacts.
1
2
3
4
OAM032030N/OAM039031/OAM032032/OAM039033/OAM032076N
Air bag collision sensors
(1) SRS control module
(2) Front impact sensors
3 50
(3) Side impact sensors
(4) Side pressure sensor
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Air bag
sensors
• Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where
air bags or sensors are
installed.
This may cause unexpected
air bag deployment, which
could result in serious personal injury or death.
• If the installation location or
angle of the sensors is altered
in any way, the air bags may
deploy when they should not
or they may not deploy when
they should.
Therefore, do not try to perform maintenance on or
around the air bag sensors.
Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia
dealer.
• Problems may arise if the sensor
installation angles are changed
due to the deformation of the front
bumper, body or B pillars or front
door where side collision sensors
are installed. Have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Installing aftermarket bumper
guards or replacing a bumper with
non-genuine parts may adversely
affect your vehicle’s collision and
air bag deployment performance.
1VQA2084
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate
in a frontal collision depending on
the intensity, speed or angles of
impact of the front collision.
3 51
Safety features of your vehicle
OVQ036018N
OUN022090
Side impact and/or curtain air bags
(if equipped)
Side impact and/or curtain air bags
are designed to inflate when an
impact is detected by side collision
sensors depending on the strength,
speed or angles of impact resulting
from a side impact collision.
3 52
Although the front air bags (driver’s
and front passenger’s air bags) are
designed to inflate in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other
types of collisions if the front impact
sensors detect a sufficient frontal
force in another type of impact. Side
impact and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate in certain side
impact collisions. They may inflate in
other type of collisions where a side
force is detected by the sensors.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads or sidewalks, air bags may
deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
unintended air bag deployment.
1VQA2086
Air bag non-inflation conditions
• In certain low-speed collisions the
air bags may not deploy. The air
bags are designed not to deploy in
such cases because they may not
provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions.
Safety features of your vehicle
OUN036087
OVQ036018N
1VQA2089
• Air bags are not designed to inflate
in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the
force of the impact. In this case,
inflated air bags would not be able
to provide any additional benefit.
• Front air bags may not inflate in
side impact collisions, because
occupants move to the direction of
the collision, and thus in side
impacts, frontal air bag deployment
would not provide additional occupant protection.
• In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in
a direction where the air bags
would not be able to provide any
additional benefit, and thus the
sensors may not deploy any air
bags.
3 53
Safety features of your vehicle
1VQA2090
1VQA2091
1VQA2092
• Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to “ride” under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance.
Air bags may not inflate in this
"under-ride" situation because
deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “under-ride” collisions.
• Airbags does not inflate in most
rollover accidents, even though the
vehicle is equipped with side
impact air bags and curtain air
bags.
• Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as
utility poles or trees, where the
point of impact is concentrated to
one area and the full force of the
impact is not delivered to the sensors.
3 54
Safety features of your vehicle
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenancefree and there are no parts you can
safely service by yourself. If the SRS
air bag warning light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on,
have your vehicle immediately
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel must
be performed by an authorized Kia
dealer. Improper handling of the SRS
system may result in serious personal injury.
For cleaning the air bag pad covers,
use only a soft, dry cloth or one
which has been moistened with plain
water. Solvents or cleaners could
adversely affect the air bag covers
and proper deployment of the system.
WARNING - Tampering
with SRS
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring, or other components of the SRS system.
Doing so could result in the
accidental inflation of the air
bags or by rendering the SRS
inoperative.
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped
vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or
ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.
If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle
must be scrapped, certain safety
precautions must be observed. An
authorized Kia dealer knows these
precautions and can give you the
necessary information. Failure to follow these precautions and procedures could increase the risk of personal injury.
3 55
Safety features of your vehicle
OAM039041
OAM039042
Air bag warning label
Air bag warning labels, some
required by the U.S. National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), are attached to alert the
driver and passengers of potential
risks of the air bag system.
3 56
Keys / 4-2
Remote keyless entry / 4-4
Smart key / 4-7
Door locks / 4-13
Tailgate / 4-17
Windows / 4-19
Hood / 4-22
Fuel filler lid / 4-24
Sunroof / 4-27
Features of your vehicle
Steering wheel / 4-31
Mirrors / 4-33
Instrument cluster / 4-37
Rearview camera / 4-60
Hazard warning flasher / 4-61
Lighting / 4-62
Wipers and washers / 4-66
Interior light / 4-69
Defroster / 4-72
Manual climate control system / 4-73
Automatic climate control system / 4-82
Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-91
Storage compartment / 4-95
Interior features / 4-97
Exterior feature / 4-104
Audio system / 4-106
4
Features of your vehicle
KEYS
Type B
To unfold the key, press the release
button then the key will unfold automatically.
To fold the key, fold the key manually
while pressing the release button.
■ Type A
CAUTION - Folding key
OUN026060
OUN046100L
■ Type B
Record your key number
The key code number is stamped on
the bar code tag attached to the key
set. Should you lose your keys, this
number will enable an authorized Kia
dealer to duplicate the keys easily.
Remove the bar code tag and store it
in a safe place. Also, record the code
number and keep it in a safe place
(not in the vehicle).
OAM041096L
Key operations
• Used to start the engine.
• Used to lock and unlock the doors.
4 2
Do not fold the key without
pressing the release button.
This may damage the key.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Aftermarket
keys
Use only Kia original parts for
the ignition key in your vehicle.
If an aftermarket key is used,
the ignition switch may not
return to ON after START. If this
happens, the starter will continue to operate causing possible
fire due to excessive current in
the wiring.
4 3
Features of your vehicle
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)
OAM041097L
Remote keyless entry system
operations
Lock (1)
1.Close all doors, engine hood and
tailgate.
2.Press the lock button(1).
3.All doors and tailgate will lock. The
hazard warning lights will blink
once.
4.If the lock button is pressed once
more within 4 seconds, the hazard
warning lights will blink and the
horn will sound once.
5.Make sure that doors are locked by
checking the door lock button
inside or pulling the outside door
handle.
4 4
Unlock (2)
1.Press the unlock button(2).
2.The driver's door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink two
times.
3.Press the unlock button(2) once
more within 4 seconds.
4.All doors and tailgate will unlock.
The hazard warning lights will blink
two times.
You can change the system to unlock
all doors by one pressing the unlock
button(Central Door Unlock Mode).
Unlock mode can be switched
between Two Stage Unlock Mode
and Central Door Unlock Mode as
follows:
Press the lock button(1) and unlock
button(2) at the same time for 5 seconds or more. The hazard warning
lights will blink four times.
Alarm (3, if equipped)
The horn sounds and the hazard
warning lights blink for about 30 seconds if this button is pressed for
more than 2 seconds. To stop the
horn and lights, press any button on
the transmitter.
✽ NOTICE
If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer's vehicle warranty.
Features of your vehicle
Transmitter precautions
• The transmitter will not work if any
of the following occurs:
- The ignition key is in the ignition
switch.
- You exceed the operating distance limit (about 90 feet [30 m]).
- The battery in the transmitter is
weak.
- Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
- The weather is extremely cold.
- The transmitter is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the
transmitter.
When the transmitter does not work
properly, open and close the door
with the ignition key. If you have a
problem with the transmitter, contact
an authorized Kia dealer.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If the transmitter is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart
phone, the signal from the transmitter could be blocked by normal
operation of your cell phone or
smart phone. This is especially
important when the phone is active
such as making call, receiving
calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. Avoid placing
the transmitter and your cell phone
or smart phone in the same pants
or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance between the two
devices.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
✽ NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment. If the keyless entry
system is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle
warranty.
4 5
Features of your vehicle
OED039003A
Battery replacement
A transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium
battery which will normally last for
several years. When replacement is
necessary, use the following procedure.
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and
gently pry open the transmitter
center cover.
2. Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
positive “+” symbol faces up as
indicated in the illustration.
3. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
4 6
For transmitter replacement, see an
authorized Kia dealer to reprogram
the transmitter.
The keyless entry system transmitter
is designed to give you years of trouble-free use, however it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static
electricity. If you are unsure how to
use your transmitter or replace the
battery, contact an authorized Kia
dealer.
To avoid damaging the transmitter,
don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it to
heat or sunlight.
An inappropriately disposed battery
can be harmful to the environment
and human health.
Dispose the battery according to
your local law(s) or regulation.
CAUTION - Transmitter
damage
Do not drop, wet or expose the
keyless entry system transmitter to heat or sunlight.
Features of your vehicle
SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)
OAM040230
Smart key function
1.Door lock
2.Door unlock
3.Tailgate unlock
4.Panic (if equipped)
OMD040008
Locking
Using the door handle button
1.Close all doors, engine hood and
tailgate.
2.Press the button of the outside
door handle.
3.All doors and tailgate will lock. The
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound once.
4.Make sure that doors are locked by
checking the door lock button
inside the vehicle or pulling the outside door handle.
• The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 28~40in.
(0.7~1m) from the outside door
handle.
• Even though you press the outside
door handle button, the doors will
not lock and the chime will sound
for 3 seconds if any of following
occur:
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
- The engine start/stop button is in
ACC or ON position.
- Any door except the tailgate is
open.
4 7
Features of your vehicle
Using the button on the smart key
1 Close all doors, engine hood and
tailgate.
2.Press the lock button(1).
3.All doors and tailgate will lock. The
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound once.
4.Make sure that doors are locked by
checking the door lock button
inside or pulling the outside door
handle.
Unlocking
Using the door handle
1.Press the button of the driver's outside door handle.
2.The driver’s door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound two times.
3.Press the button once more within
4 seconds.
4.All doors and tailgate will unlock
and the hazard warning lights will
blink and the chime will sound two
times.
❈If you press the button of the front
passenger’s outside door handle
while carrying the smart key, all
doors will unlock.
4 8
• When the smart key is recognized
in the area of 28~40in. (0.7~1m)
from the front outside door handle,
other people can also open the
doors.
• After unlocking the driver’s door or
all doors, the door(s) will lock automatically unless the door is
opened.
Features of your vehicle
Using the button on the smart key
1.Press the unlock button (2) of the
smart key.
2.The driver’s door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound two times.
3.Press the unlock button (2) once
more within 4 seconds.
4.All doors and tailgate will unlock.
The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound two
times.
After pressing the button, the doors
will lock automatically unless any
door or tailgate is opened within 30
seconds.
You can change the system to unlock
all doors by one pressing the unlock
button(Central Door Unlock Mode).
Unlock mode can be switched
between Two Stage Unlock Mode
and Central Door Unlock Mode as
follows:
Press the lock button(1) and unlock
button(2) at the same time for 5 seconds or more. The hazard warning
lights will blink four times.
Tailgate unlocking
Using the tailgate handle button
1.Carry the smart key.
2.Press the tailgate handle button.
3.When all doors are locked, the
hazard warning lights will blink two
times.
Using the button on the smart key
1.Press the tailgate unlock button(3)
for more than 1 second.
2.When all doors are locked, the
hazard warning lights will blink two
times.
4 9
Features of your vehicle
Panic
1.Press the panic button(4) for more
than 0.5 second.
2.The horn sounds and hazard warning light flash for about 30 seconds.
To stop the horn and lights, press
any button on the smart key.
Start-up
You can start the engine without
inserting the key. For detailed information refer to the “Engine start/stop
button” in section 5.
4 10
Loss of the smart key
Smart key precautions
A maximum of 2 smart keys can be
registered to a single vehicle.
If you happen to lose your smart key,
you will not be able to start the
engine. You should immediately take
the vehicle and remaining key to your
authorized Kia dealer(tow the vehicle, if necessary) to protect it from
potential theft.
• The smart key will not work if any
of the following occur:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the
smart key.
- The smart key is near a mobile
two way radio system or a cellular phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle.
• When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key and contact an authorized Kia dealer.
(Continued)
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• If the smart key is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart
phone, the signal from the smart
key could be blocked by normal
operation of your cell phone or
smart phone. This is especially
important when the phone is active
such as making call, receiving
calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. Avoid placing
the smart key and your cell phone
or smart phone in the same pants
or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance between the two
devices.
CAUTION - Smart key
Keep the smart key away from
water or any liquid as it can
become damaged and not function properly. If the smart key is
inoperative due to exposure to
water or liquids, it will not be
covered by your manufacturer's
vehicle warranty.
OEN040208
OEN040002K
Door lock/unlock in an emergency situation
If the smart key does not operate
normally, you can lock or unlock the
doors by using the mechanical key.
1.Press and hold the release button
(1) and remove the mechanical key
(2).
2.Insert the key into the hole of the
outside door handle. Turn the key
toward the rear of the vehicle to
lock and toward the front of the
vehicle to unlock.
3. To reinstall the mechanical key,
put the key into the hole and push
it until a click sound is heard.
Battery replacement
A smart key battery should last for
several years, but if the smart key is
not working properly, try replacing
the battery with a new one. If you are
unsure how to use your smart key or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
1. Pry open the rear cover of the
smart key.
2. Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
positive “+” symbol faces down as
indicated in the illustration.
4 11
Features of your vehicle
3. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
The smart key is designed to give
you years of trouble-free use, however it can malfunction if exposed to
moisture or static electricity. If you
are unsure how to use or replace the
battery, contact an authorized Kia
dealer.
Using the wrong battery can cause
the smart key to malfunction. Be sure
to use the correct battery.
If you suspect that your smart key
might have sustained some damage,
or you feel your smart key is not
working correctly, contact an authorized Kia dealer.
An inappropriately disposed battery
can be harmful to the environment
and human health.
Dispose the battery according to
your local law(s) or regulation.
CAUTION - Smart key
damage
Do not drop, wet or expose the
smart key to heat or sunlight.
4 12
Features of your vehicle
DOOR LOCKS
■ Type A
Lock
Unlock
OAM049003
■ Type B
• From the driver’s door, turn the key
to the left once to unlock the door
and once more within 4 seconds to
unlock all doors.
• Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the transmitter.
• Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
• When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure the doors
are closed securely.
✽ NOTICE
OCM040007
Operating door locks from
outside the vehicle
• Turn the key toward the front of the
vehicle to unlock and toward the
rear of the vehicle to lock.
• If you lock the driver’s door with a
key, all vehicle doors will lock automatically.
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked
multiple times in rapid succession
with either the vehicle key or door
lock switch, the system may stop
operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent
damage to system components.
OAM049004
• To lock a door without the key,
push the inside door lock button (1)
or central door lock switch (2) to
the “Lock” position and close the
door (3).
• If you lock the door with the central
door lock switch (2), all vehicle
doors will lock automatically.
Always remove the ignition key, firmly engage the parking brake, close all
windows and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended.
4 13
Features of your vehicle
Unlock
• If the inner door handle of the driver’s or front passenger’s door is
pulled when the door lock button is
in the lock position, the button will
unlock and the door will open.
• Front doors cannot be locked if the
ignition key is in the ignition switch
and any front door is opened.
Lock
OAM049005
Operating door locks from
inside the vehicle
With the door lock button
• To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the “Unlock” position. The red mark (2) on the button
will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Lock” position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark (2) on the door lock button
will not be visible.
• To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward.
4 14
If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle, try
one or more of the following techniques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
key to unlock the door from outside.
• Move to the cargo area and open
the tailgate.
Features of your vehicle
Driver’s door
Passenger’s door
WARNING - Doors
The doors should always be
fully closed and locked while
the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of the
door.
WARNING - Unattended
OAM049006/OAM042007N
With central door lock switch
Operate by pressing the central door
lock switch.
• When pressing the front portion (1)
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
lock.
• When pressing the rear portion (2)
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
unlock.
• If the key is in the ignition switch
and any front door is opened, the
doors will not lock even though the
front portion (1) of the central door
lock switch is pressed.
children/
animals
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended
children or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle.
Door lock/unlock features
Impact sensing door unlock system
All doors will be automatically
unlocked when the impact is delivered to impact sensors while the ignition switch is ON.
However, the doors may not be
unlocked if mechanical problems
occur with the door lock system or
battery.
Speed sensing door lock system
(if equipped)
All doors will automatically lock after
the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 MPH
(15 km/h).
Shift lever door lock/unlock system (if equipped)
All doors will automatically unlock
when the shift lever is moved into P
(Park).
4 15
Features of your vehicle
3. Close the rear door.
To open the rear door, pull the outside door handle (1).
Even though the doors may be
unlocked, the rear door will not open
by pulling the inner door handle (2)
until the rear door child safety lock is
unlocked.
WARNING - Rear door
OAM049008
Child-protector rear door lock
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children from accidentally opening the rear doors from
inside the vehicle. The rear door
safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle.
1. Open the rear door.
2. Push the child safety lock located
on the rear edge of the door to the
lock ( ) position. When the child
safety lock is in the lock position,
the rear door will not open even
when the inner door handle is
pulled.
4 16
locks
Use the rear door safety locks
whenever children are in the
vehicle. If a child accidently
opens the rear doors while the
vehicle is motion, he can fall
out.
Features of your vehicle
TAILGATE
The tailgate swings upward. Make
sure no objects or people are near
the rear of the vehicle when opening
the tailgate.
CAUTION - Tailgate lift
cylinders
OAM049009
Opening the tailgate
• The tailgate is locked or unlocked
when all doors are locked or
unlocked with the key or central
door lock switch.
• If unlocked, the tailgate can be
opened by pressing the handle
switch and then pulling the handle
up.
Make certain that you close the
tailgate before driving your
vehicle. Possible damage may
occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attached hardware if
the tailgate is not closed prior to
driving.
Closing the tailgate
To close the tailgate, lower and push
down the tailgate firmly. Make sure
that the tailgate is securely latched.
WARNING - Exhaust
fumes
Driving with the tailgate open is
not
advisable.
Dangerous
exhaust fumes can enter the
passenger compartment.
If you must drive with the tailgate opened, keep the air vents
and all windows open so that
additional outside air can enter.
Make sure your hands, feet and
other parts of your body are safely
out of the way before closing the tailgate.
CAUTION - Closing
tailgate
Make sure nothing is near the
tailgate latch and striker while
closing the tailgate. It may damage the tailgate's latch.
4 17
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Riding in
cargo area
Occupants should never ride in
the rear cargo area where no
restraints
are
available.
Occupants should always be
properly restrained.
OAM049010
Emergency tailgate safety
release
Your vehicle is equipped with the
emergency tailgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the
tailgate. When someone is inadvertently locked in the luggage compartment, the tailgate can be opened by
pushing the release lever and pushing open the tailgate.
4 18
Features of your vehicle
WINDOWS
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window down
(Driver’s window)
(7) Power window lock switch
OAM042011N
4 19
Features of your vehicle
Power windows
✽ NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for power windows to operate.
Each door has a power window
switch that controls the door's window. The driver has a power window
lock button which can block the operation of passenger windows. The
power windows can be operated for
approximately 30 seconds after the
ignition key is removed or turned to
the ACC or LOCK position. However,
if the front doors are opened, the
power windows cannot be operated
even within the 30 second period.
In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if
equipped) in an open (or partially
open) position, your vehicle may
demonstrate a wind buffeting or
pulsation noise. This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the following actions. If the noise occurs with
one or both of the rear windows
down, partially lower both front
windows approximately one inch. If
you experience the noise with the
sunroof open, slightly reduce the
size of the sunroof opening.
4 20
OAM049013
Window opening and closing
The driver’s door has a master power
window switch that controls all the
windows in the vehicle.
To open or close a window, press
down or pull up the front portion of
the corresponding switch to the first
detent position (5).
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Opening/
Closing
window
To prevent possible damage to
the power window system, do
not open or close two windows
or more at the same time. This
will also ensure the longevity of
the fuse.
OAM042012
OAM049014
Auto down window
(Driver’s window)
Pressing the power window switch
momentarily to the second detent
position (6) completely lowers the
driver’s window even when the
switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the
window is in operation, momentarily
pull the switch in the direction opposite of the window’s movement.
Power window lock button
• The driver can disable the power
window switches on the passenger
doors by pressing the power window lock button located on the driver’s door to the LOCK position
(pressed).
• When the power window lock
button is in the LOCK position
(pressed), the driver’s master
control cannot operate the passenger door power windows.
WARNING - Power
windows
Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
the driver’s door power window
lock button in the LOCK position (pressed).
Always double check to make sure
all arms, hands, head and other
obstructions are safely out of the way
before closing a window.
4 21
Features of your vehicle
HOOD
OAM049015
Opening the hood
1.Pull the release lever to unlatch the
hood. The hood should pop open
slightly.
Open the hood after turning off the
engine on a flat surface, shifting the
shift lever to the P(Park) position for
automatic transaxle and to the
1st(First) gear or R(Reverse) for
manual transaxle, and setting the
parking brake.
4 22
OAM049016
OAM049017
2.Go to the front of the vehicle, raise
the hood slightly, pull the secondary latch inside of the hood center
and lift the hood.
3.Pull out the support rod from the
hood.
4.Hold the hood open with the support rod.
WARNING - Hot parts
Grasp the support rod in the
area wrapped in rubber. The
rubber will help prevent you
from being burned by hot metal
when the engine is hot.
Features of your vehicle
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
• All filler caps in the engine compartment must be correctly
installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be
removed from the engine compartment.
2. Return the support rod to its clip to
prevent it from rattling.
3. Lower the hood until it is about 1 ft.
(30 cm) above the closed position
and let it drop. Make sure that it
locks into place.
WARNING - Fire risk
Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in
the engine compartment. Doing
so may cause a heat-induced
fire.
WARNING - Unsecured
engine hood
Always double check to be sure
that the hood is firmly latched
before driving away. If the
engine hood is not secured
properly, it is likely to fly up
blocking your vision and causing a crash.
The support rod must be inserted
completely into the hole provided
whenever you inspect the engine
compartment. This will prevent the
hood from falling and possibly injuring you.
4 23
Features of your vehicle
FUEL FILLER DOOR
Closing the fuel filler lid
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise
until it “clicks”. This indicates that
the cap is securely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it
in lightly making sure that it is
securely closed.
WARNING - Refueling
OHD046014
Opening the fuel filler door
The fuel filler door must be opened
from inside the vehicle by pulling up
the fuel filler door opener lever.
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it,
tap lightly or push on the door to
break the ice and release the door.
Do not pry on the door. If necessary,
spray around the door with an
approved de-icer fluid (do not use
radiator anti-freeze) or move the
vehicle to a warm place and allow
the ice to melt.
4 24
OAM049089
1. Stop the engine.
2. To open the fuel filler door, pull the
fuel filler door opener up.
3. Pull open the fuel filler door (1).
4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel
filler cap (2) counterclockwise.
5. Refuel as needed.
Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap
is venting fuel or if you hear a
hissing sound, wait until the
condition stops before completely removing the cap. If
pressurized fuel sprays out, it
can cover your clothes or skin
and subject you to the risk of
fire and burns.
✽ NOTICE
Tighten the cap until it clicks one
time, otherwise the fuel cap open
warning indicator
light will illuminate.
Features of your vehicle
Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
WARNING - Fire/explosion risk
Read and follow all warnings
posted at the gas station facility. Failure to follow all warnings
will result in severe personal
injury, severe burns or death
due to fire or explosion.
WARNING - Static
electricity
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate
potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touching another metal part of the
vehicle, a safe distance away
from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source.
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling since you can generate
static electricity by touching,
rubbing or sliding against any
item or fabric (polyester, satin,
nylon, etc.) capable of producing static electricity. Static
electricity discharge can
ignite fuel vapors resulting in
rapid burning. If you must reenter the vehicle, you should
once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a
metal part of the vehicle, away
from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline source.
✽ NOTICE
When using an approved portable
fuel container, be sure to place the
container on the ground prior to
refueling. Static electricity discharge
from the container can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire. Once refueling
has begun, contact with the vehicle
should be maintained until the filling is complete. Use only approved
portable plastic fuel containers
designed to carry and store gasoline.
WARNING - Cell phone
fires
Do not use cellular phones
while refueling. Electric current
and/or electronic interference
from cellular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing
a fire.
4 25
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Exterior
paint
Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any
type of fuel spilled on painted
surfaces may damage the paint.
WARNING - Refueling&
WARNING - Smoking
DO NOT use matches or a
lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or
leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station especially
during
refueling.
Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can, when ignited,
result in fire.
Vehicle fires
When refueling, always shut the
engine off. Sparks produced by
electrical components related
to the engine can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire. Once
refueling is complete, check to
make sure the filler cap and
filler door are securely closed,
before starting the engine.
4 26
Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to the “Fuel requirements”
suggested in section 1.
If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine Kia cap or
the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can
result in a serious malfunction of the
fuel system or emission control system.
Features of your vehicle
SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
CAUTION - Sunroof
control lever
Do not continue to move the
sunroof control lever after the
sunroof is fully opened, closed,
or tilted. Damage to the motor or
system components could
occur.
OAM049018
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your
sunroof with the sunroof control lever
located on the overhead console.
The sunroof can only be opened,
closed, or tilted when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
In cold and wet climates, the sunroof
may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
After the vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
operating it.
✽ NOTICE
While driving the vehicle, it is recommended that you use the sunroof
in the first detent position to reduce
possible wind noise.
The sunroof cannot slide when it is in
the tilt position nor can it be tilted
while in an open or slide position.
OAM049019
Sliding the sunroof
To open or close the sunroof (manual slide feature), pull or push the sunroof control lever backward or forward to the first detent position.
Pulling the control lever downward
also closes the sunroof.
4 27
Features of your vehicle
To open the sunroof automatically:
Pull the sunroof control lever backward to the second detent position
and then release it.
The sunroof will slide open automatically but will not open all the way. If
you would like to completely open
the sunroof, pull the lever once more.
However, the second time the lever is
pulled, the sunroof will open only
while the lever is pulled.
To stop the sunroof sliding at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
To close the sunroof automatically:
Push the sunroof control lever forward to the second detent position
and then release it. The sunroof will
automatically close all the way.
To stop the sunroof sliding at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
4 28
OHM048026
Automatic reversal
If an object is detected while the sunroof is closing automatically, it will
reverse the direction, and then stop.
The auto reverse function does not
work if a small obstacle is between
the sliding glass and the sunroof
sash. You should always check that
all passengers and objects are away
from the sunroof before closing it.
OAM049020
Tilting the sunroof
To open the sunroof (autotilt feature),
push the sunroof control lever
upward to the second detent. The
sunroof will tilt all the way open. To
stop the sunroof tilting at any point,
operate the control lever.
To close the sunroof, pull the sunroof
lever downward until the sunroof
moves to the desired position.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Sunroof
operation
When closing the sunroof, make
sure there are no body parts in
the movement range of the sliding roof. Parts of the body could
become trapped or crushed.
Do not extend the face, neck, arms
or body outside the sunroof while
driving.
Periodically remove any dirt that may
accumulate on the guide rail. The
sunroof is made to slide together
with the sunshade. Do not leave the
sunshade closed while the sunroof is
opened.
While using sunroof for a long time, a
dust between sunroof and roof panel
can make a noise. Open the sunroof
and remove regularly the dust using
clean cloth.
CAUTION - Sunroof
motor
damage
OBK049019
Sunshade
When opening the sunroof, the sunshade will also open. Once the sunroof is closed, the sunshade can be
manually closed.
If you try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice, the
glass or the motor could be
damaged.
4 29
Features of your vehicle
Resetting the sunroof
Whenever the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, you must
reset your sunroof system as follows:
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2.According to the position of the
sunroof, do the following.
1) In case the sunroof is closed
completely or tilted:
Push the sunroof control lever
upward until the sunroof tilts
completely upward.
2) In case the sunroof is open:
Push the sunroof control lever
forward until the sunroof closes
completely. Push the sunroof
control lever upward until the
sunroof tilts completely upward.
3.Release the sunroof control lever.
4.Push the sunroof control lever
upward (for about 10 seconds)
until the sunroof has returned to
the original tilt position after it is
raised a little higher than the maximum tilt position. Then, release the
lever.
4 30
5.Push the sunroof control lever
upward (for about 6 seconds) until
the sunroof operates as follows;
TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN →
SLIDE CLOSED
Then release the lever.
When this is complete, the sunroof
system has been reset.
Features of your vehicle
STEERING WHEEL
Electric power steering (EPS)
✽ NOTICE
The power steering uses a motor to
assist you in steering the vehicle. If
the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, the
vehicle may still be steered, but it will
require increased steering effort.
The motor driven power steering is
controlled by a power steering control unit which senses the steering
wheel torque and vehicle speed to
command the motor.
The steering becomes heavier as
the vehicle’s speed increases and
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s
speed decreases for optimum steering control.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the power
steering checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The steering effort is high immediately after turning the ignition
switch on. This happens as the system performs the EPS system
diagnostics. When the diagnostics
is completed, the steering wheel
will return to its normal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from
the EPS relay after the ignition
switch is turned to the ON or
LOCK position.
• Motor noise may be heard when
the vehicle is at a stop or at a low
driving speed.
• The steering effort increases if the
steering wheel is rotated continuously when the vehicle is not in
motion. However, after a few minutes, it will return to its normal
conditions.
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, abnormal noise could occur. If temperature rises, the noise will disappear.
This is a normal condition.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• When the vehicle is stationary, if
you turn the steering wheel all the
way to the left or right continuously, the steering wheel becomes
heavier from the end. But this is
for your safety, not system malfunction. As time passes, the steering wheel return to its normal condition.
If the Electric Power Steering System
does not operate normally, the warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. The steering wheel may
become difficult to control or operate
abnormally. Take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
4 31
Features of your vehicle
Tilt steering
Tilt steering allows you to adjust the
steering wheel before you drive. You
can also raise the steering wheel to
give your legs more room when you
exit and enter the vehicle.
The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for
you to drive, while permitting you to
see the instrument panel warning
lights and gauges.
WARNING - Steering
wheel adjustment
Never adjust the angle and
height of the steering wheel
while driving. You may lose
steering control.
4 32
(if equipped)
OAM049021L
To change the steering wheel angle,
pull down the lock-release lever (1),
adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2), then pull up the
lock-release lever to lock the steering
wheel in place. Be sure to adjust the
steering wheel to the desired position before driving.
OAM049022
Horn
To sound the horn, press the horn
symbol on your steering wheel.
Check the horn regularly to be sure it
operates properly.
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The
horn will operate only when this area
is pressed.
Features of your vehicle
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the
center view through the rear window
is seen. Make this adjustment before
you start driving.
Do not place objects in the rear seat
or cargo area which would interfere
with your vision through the rear window.
Night
Day
WARNING - Mirror
adjustment
Do not adjust the rearview mirror while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of control.
OAM049023
Day/night rearview mirror
(if equipped)
Make this adjustment before you
start driving and while the day/night
lever is in the day position.
Pull the day/night lever toward you to
reduce the glare from the headlights
of the vehicles behind you during
night driving.
Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.
Electric chromic mirror (ECM)
(if equipped)
The electric rearview mirror automatically controls the glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind you
in nighttime or low light driving conditions. The sensor mounted in the mirror senses the light level around the
vehicle, and automatically controls
the headlight glare from the vehicles
behind you.
When the engine is running, the
glare is automatically controlled by
the sensor mounted in the rearview
mirror.
Whenever the shift lever is shifted
into reverse (R), the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in
order to improve the drivers view
behind the vehicle.
CAUTION - Cleaning
mirror
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner.
Do not spray glass cleaner
directly on the mirror. It may
cause the liquid cleaner to enter
the mirror housing.
4 33
Features of your vehicle
Outside rearview mirror
Indicator
Sensor
OAM042349L
To operate the electric rearview mirror:
• The mirror defaults to the ON position whenever the ignition switch is
turned on.
• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
turn the automatic dimming function off. The mirror indicator light
will turn off.
Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
turn the automatic dimming function on. The mirror indicator light
will illuminate.
4 34
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand outside
rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be
adjusted remotely with the remote
switch. The mirror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an
automatic car wash or when passing
through a narrow street.
• The right outside rearview mirror is
convex. Objects seen in the mirror
are closer than they appear.
• Use your interior rearview mirror or
direct observation to determine the
actual distance of following vehicles when changing lanes.
CAUTION - Rearview
mirror
Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the surface of the glass. If ice should
restrict the movement of the
mirror, do not force the mirror
for adjustment. To remove ice,
use a deicer spray, or a sponge
or soft cloth with warm water.
WARNING - Mirror
adjustment
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while the vehicle is moving. This could result
in loss of control.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Outside
mirror
B510A01E
OAM049027
Remote control
Manual type (if equipped)
To adjust an outside mirror, move the
control lever.
Electric type (if equipped)
The electric remote control mirror
switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside
rearview mirrors. To adjust the position of either mirror the ignition
switch should be in the ACC or ON
position. Push the switch (1) to R or
L to select the right side mirror or the
left side mirror, then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment control to position the selected
mirror up, down, left or right.
After the adjustment, put the switch
into the neutral (center) position to
prevent inadvertent adjustment.
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum
adjusting angles, but the
motor continues to operate
while the switch is depressed.
Do not depress the switch
longer than necessary, the
motor may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the
outside rearview mirror by
hand. Doing so may damage
the parts.
4 35
Features of your vehicle
OAM049028
OAM049029
Folding the outside rearview mirror
Manual type (if equipped)
To fold the outside rearview mirror,
grasp the housing of the mirror and
then fold it toward the rear of the
vehicle.
Electric type (if equipped)
To fold the outside rearview mirror,
press the button.
To unfold it, press the button again.
4 36
CAUTION
In case it is an electric type outside rearview mirror, don’t fold it
by hand. It could cause motor
failure.
Features of your vehicle
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
■ Type A
3
7
1
1. Tachometer
5
5
2
4
2. Turn signal indicators
3. Speedometer
4. Engine temperature gauge
2
5. Warning and indicator lights
6
6. Trip computer*
7. Fuel gauge
■ Type B
* if equipped
3
1
* The actual cluster in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
For more details refer to the "Gauges"
in the next pages.
7
5
5
2
4
2
6
OAM042030N/OAM042302N
4 37
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
OAM042031N
OAM042095N
■ Type B
OAM042032
Tachometer
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.
Instrument panel illumination
When the vehicle’s parking lights or
headlights are on, rotate the illumination control knob to adjust the
brightness of the instrument panel
illumination.
OAM042303N
Gauges
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the forward speed of the vehicle.
The speedometer is calibrated in
miles per hour and/or kilometers per
hour.
4 38
Features of your vehicle
If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area toward the “H”
position, it indicates overheating that
may damage the engine.
When the door is opened, or if the
engine is not started within 1 minute,
the tachometer pointer may move
slightly in the ON position with the
engine OFF. This movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy
of the tachometer once the engine is
running.
CAUTION - Red zone
Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
OAM042033
Engine temperature gauge
This gauge shows the temperature
of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON.
Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to “If the engine overheats” in section 6.
4 39
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Fuel gauge
■ Type A
Stop and obtain additional fuel
as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when
the gauge indicator comes
close to the E level. Running out
of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger.
OAM042110N
OAM042034
Fuel gauge
The fuel gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank. The fuel tank capacity is
given in section 8. The fuel gauge is
supplemented by a low fuel warning
light, which will illuminate when the
fuel tank is nearly empty.
On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier
than usual due to the movement of
fuel in the tank.
4 40
■ Type B
CAUTION - Low fuel
Avoid driving with extremely
low fuel level. Running out of
fuel could cause the engine to
misfire, damaging catalytic converter.
OAM042270N
Odometer (km or mi.)
The odometer indicates the total distance the vehicle has been driven.
You will also find the odometer useful
to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed.
Features of your vehicle
Trip A
■ Type A
Trip B
Distance to empty*
Average fuel consumption*
Instant fuel consumption*
OAM042035
Trip computer (if equipped)
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related
to driving on the display when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
All stored driving information (except
distance to empty) is reset if the battery is disconnected.
OAM042111N
■ Type B
Elapsed time
ECO* ON/OFF
* if equipped
OAM042271N
Tripmeter (km or mi.)
This mode indicates the distance of
individual trips selected since the
last tripmeter reset.
The meter's working range is from
0.0 to 999.9 miles.
4 41
Features of your vehicle
Pressing the TRIP button for more
than 1 second, when the tripmeter is
being displayed, clears the tripmeter
to zero (0.0).
■ Type A
OAM042112N
■ Type B
OAM042272N
Distance to empty (mi.)
This mode indicates the estimated
distance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the
amount of fuel delivered to the
engine. When the remaining distance
is below 30 miles, “---” will be displayed and the distance to empty
indicator will blink.
4 42
The meter’s working range is from 30
to 1500 miles.
• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been
interrupted, the “Distance to
empty” function may not operate
correctly.
The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 6 liters
(1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to
the vehicle.
• The fuel consumption and distance
to empty values may vary significantly based on driving conditions,
driving habits, and condition of the
vehicle.
• The distance to empty value is an
estimate of the available driving
distance. This value may differ from
the actual driving distance available.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
OAM042114N
■ Type B
For an accurate calculation, drive
more than 0.03 miles (50 m).
Pressing the TRIP button for more
than 1 second, when the average
fuel consumption is being displayed,
clears the average fuel consumption
to zero (--.-).
If the vehicle speed exceeds 1.6
MPH (1km/h) after being refueled
with more than 1.6 gallons (6 l), the
average fuel economy will be cleared
to zero (----).
■ Type B
OAM042275N
Instant fuel economy (if equipped)
(L/100 km or MPG)
This mode calculates the instant fuel
consumption during the last few seconds.
OAM042274N
Average fuel consumption (MPG)
This mode calculates the average
fuel consumption from the total fuel
used and the distance since the last
average consumption reset. The total
fuel used is calculated from the fuel
consumption input.
4 43
Features of your vehicle
The meter’s working range is from
00:00~99:59.
Pressing the TRIP button for more
than 1 second, when the driving time
is being displayed, clears the driving
time to zero (00:00).
■ Type A
■ Type A
OAM042116N
■ Type B
OAM042105
■ Type B
OAM042276N
Driving time
This mode indicates the total time
traveled since the last driving time
reset.
Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
the driving time keeps going while
the engine is running.
4 44
OAM042277N
Manual transaxle shift indicator
ON/OFF (if equipped)
Features of your vehicle
You can turn the shift indicator on/off
on the instrument cluster in this
mode.
If you push the TRIP button for more
than 1 second in the ECO ON mode,
ECO OFF is displayed in the screen
and the shift indicator turns off.
If you want to display the shift indicator again, press the TRIP button for
more than 1 second in the ECO OFF
mode and then ECO ON mode is
displayed in the screen.
• The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately
like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being inattentive.
• To convert from °F to °C or °C to °F
press the TRIP button for more than
1 seconds in the Distance to empty
mode.
■ Type A
OAM042117N
■ Type B
OAM042278N
Outside temperature
The current outside temperature is
displayed in 1°F (1°C) increments.
The temperature range is between
- 40°F ~ 140°F (-40°C ~ 60°C).
4 45
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
OAM042332N
■ Type B
OAM042341L
Manual transaxle shift indicator (if equipped)
This indicator informs you which
gear is desired while driving to save
fuel.
4 46
For example
: Indicates that shifting up to the
3rd gear is desired (currently
the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st
gear).
: Indicates that shifting down to
the 3rd gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 4th or
5th gear).
• If you don’t want the indicator displayed, you can turn it off by pressing the TRIP button for more than 1
second in the ECO ON mode.
The ECO ON mode will change to
the ECO OFF mode.
• If you want the indicator displayed,
press the TRIP button for more
than 1 second in the ECO OFF
mode.
The ECO OFF mode will change to
the ECO ON mode.
■ Type A
OAM042331N
■ Type B
OAM042340L
Automatic transaxle shift position indicator (if equipped)
The indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift lever is selected.
Features of your vehicle
Warnings and indicators
All warning lights are checked by
turning the ignition switch ON (do not
start the engine). Any light that does
not illuminate should be checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
After starting the engine, check to
make sure that all warning lights are
off. If any warning lights are still on,
this indicates a situation that needs
attention. When releasing the parking brake, the brake system warning
light should go off. The fuel warning
light will stay on if the fuel level is low.
ECOMINDER® indicator
(if equipped)
ECO
When the active ECO is operating
the ECOMINDER® indicator is
green.
For more detailed information, refer
to “Active ECO” in chapter 5.
WARNING
- ECOMINDER® indicator
Don't keep watching the “ECO”
ECOMINDER® indicator while
driving. It may distract you
while driving and cause an accident.
4 47
Features of your vehicle
Air bag warning light
This warning light will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time
you turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
This light also comes on when the
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) is not working properly. If the
AIR BAG warning light does not
come on, or continuously remains on
after operating for about 6 seconds
when you turned the ignition switch
to the ON position or started the
engine, or if it comes on while driving, have the SRS inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
4 48
Anti-lock brake system
(ABS) warning light
This warning light illuminates if the
ignition switch is turned ON and goes
off in approximately 3 seconds if the
system is operating normally.
If the ABS warning light remains on,
comes on while driving, or does not
come on when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, this indicates that the ABS may have malfunctioned.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible. The normal
braking system will still be operational, but without the assistance of
the anti-lock brake system.
Electronic brake
force distribution (EBD) system
warning
light
If these two warning lights shown illuminate at the same time while driving, the ABS and EBD system may
have malfunctioned.
In this case, your ABS and regular
brake system may not work normally.
Have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible.
If the ABS warning light or EBD
warning light is on and stays on, the
speedometer or odometer/tripmeter
may not work. In this case, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - ABS/brake
Seat belt warning
lights
If both ABS and brake warning
lights are on and stay on, your
vehicle’s brake system will not
work normally during sudden
braking. In this case, avoid high
speed driving and abrupt braking. Have your vehicle checked
by an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
As a reminder to the driver, the seat
belt warning light will blink for
approximately 6 seconds each time
you turn the ignition switch ON,
regardless of belt fastening.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned on,
the seat belt warning light and the
seat belt warning chime will operate
for approximately 6 seconds. But if
the belt is refastened within the 6
seconds, the warning chime will turn
off and the warning light will blink for
the remainder of the 6 second period.
If the driver's seat belt is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position, the seat belt
warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds. But if it is fastened
within the 6 seconds the warning
light will turn off immediately.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the vehicle speed exceeds 6
mph (10 km/h), the seat belt warning
light and chime will operate approximately 11 times with a pattern of 6
seconds on and 24 seconds off until
the belt is fastened or the vehicle
speed decreases below 3 mph (5
km/h).
Turn signal indicator
The blinking green arrows on the
instrument panel show the direction
indicated by the turn signals. If the
arrow comes on but does not blink,
blinks more rapidly than normal, or
does not illuminate at all, it indicates
a malfunction in the turn signal system. You should consult your dealer
for repairs.
4 49
Features of your vehicle
High beam indicator
This indicator illuminates when the
headlights are on and in the high
beam position or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash-toPass position.
Front fog light indicator
(if equipped)
The indicator illuminates when the
front fog lights ON.
4 50
Tail light indicator
(if equipped)
This indicator illuminates when the
tail lights are on.
Engine oil pressure
warning light
This warning light indicates the
engine oil pressure is low.
If the warning light illuminates while
driving:
1. Drive safely to the side of the road
and stop.
2. With the engine off, check the
engine oil level. If the level is low,
add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available, call
an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION - Engine
damage
If the engine is not stopped
immediately after the engine oil
pressure warning light is illuminated and stays on while the
engine is running, serious
engine damage may result.
The oil pressure warning light comes
on whenever there is insufficient oil
pressure. In normal operation, it
should come on when the ignition
switch is turned on, then go out when
the engine is started. If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the
engine is running, there is a serious
malfunction.
Features of your vehicle
Parking brake & brake
fluid warning light
Parking brake warning
This light is illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position. The warning light should go off
after a few seconds when the parking brake is released.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the warning light remains on, it may
indicate that the brake fluid level in
the reservoir is low.
If the warning light remains on:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check
the brake fluid level immediately
and add fluid as required. Then
check all brake components for
fluid leaks.
3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks
are found, the warning light
remains on or the brakes do not
operate properly. Have the vehicle
towed to any authorized Kia dealer for a brake system inspection
and necessary repairs.
Your vehicle is equipped with dualdiagonal braking systems. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the brake circuits is damaged or malfunctions.
With only one of the circuits working,
more than normal pedal travel and
greater pedal pressure are required
to stop the vehicle. Also, the vehicle
will not stop in as short a distance
with only a portion of the brake system working. If the brakes fail while
you are driving, shift to a lower gear
for additional engine braking and
stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe
to do so.
To check bulb operation, check
whether the parking brake and brake
fluid warning light illuminates when
the ignition switch is in the ON position.
4 51
Features of your vehicle
Tire Pressure Monitoring System indicator
Low tire pressure indicator / TPMS malfunction indicator
The low tire pressure telltale comes
on for 3 seconds after the ignition
switch is turned to the "ON" position.
The low tire pressure telltale illuminates when one or more of your tires
is significantly underinflated.
The low tire pressure telltale will illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
If this occurs, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible.
If the warning light illuminates while
driving, reduce vehicle speed immediately and stop the vehicle. Avoid
hard braking and overcorrecting the
steering wheel. Inflate the tires to the
proper pressure as indicated on the
vehicle’s tire information placard.
4 52
WARNING - Low tire
pressure
Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable and
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and increased braking
distances.
Continued driving on low pressure tires will cause the tires to
overheat and fail.
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors.
• If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator, apply the brakes gradually and with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the
road.
Features of your vehicle
Charging system warning light
This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or
electrical charging system.
If the warning light illuminates while
the vehicle is in motion:
1. Drive to the nearest safe location.
2. With the engine off, check the generator drive belt for looseness or
breakage.
3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a
problem exists somewhere in the
electrical charging system. Have
an authorized Kia dealer correct
the problem as soon as possible.
Tailgate open warning
light
This warning light illuminates when
the tailgate is not closed securely
with the ignition switch in any position.
Door ajar warning light
This warning light illuminates when a
door is not closed securely with the
ignition switch in any position.
Auto stop indicator (if
equipped)
This indicator will illuminate when the
engine enters the Idle Stop mode of
the ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system.
When the automatic starting occurs,
the auto stop indicator on the cluster
will blink for 5 seconds.
For more details, refer to the ISG
(Idle Stop and Go) system in section
5.
✽ NOTICE
When the engine automatically
starts by the ISG system, some
warning lights (ABS, ESP, ESP OFF,
EPS or Parking brake warning
light) may turn on for a few seconds.
This happens because of low battery
voltage. It does not mean the system
is malfunctioning.
4 53
Features of your vehicle
Low fuel level warning
light
Fuel cap open warning
indicator
This warning light indicates the fuel
tank is nearly empty. When it comes
on, you should add fuel as soon as
possible. Driving with the fuel level
warning light on or with the fuel level
below “E” can cause the engine to
misfire and damage the catalytic
converter (if equipped).
This warning light indicates the fuel
filler cap is not tighten securely.
Always make sure that the fuel filler
cap is tight.
4 54
Malfunction indicator
(MIL) (check engine
light)
This indicator light is part of the
Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system
components. If this light illuminates
while driving, it indicates that a
potential malfunction has been
detected somewhere in the emission
control system.
This light will also illuminate when
the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, and will go out in a few
seconds after the engine is started. If
it illuminates while driving, or does
not illuminate when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position,
take your vehicle to the nearest
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
Generally, your vehicle will continue
to be drivable, but have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
promptly.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - MIL
illumination
• Prolonged driving with the
Emission Control System
Malfunction Indicator Light
illuminated may cause damage to the emission control
systems which could effect
drivability and/or fuel economy.
• If the Emission Control
System Malfunction Indicator
Light illuminates, potential
catalytic converter damage is
possible. This could result in
loss of engine power. Have the
Engine
Control
System
inspected as soon as possible
by an authorized Kia dealer.
ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) indicator
(if equipped)
ESC OFF indicator
(if equipped)
The ESC indicator will illuminate
when the ignition switch is turned
ON, but should go off after approximately 3 seconds. When the ESC is
on, it monitors the driving conditions
and under normal driving conditions,
the ESC indicator will remain off.
When a slippery or low traction condition is encountered, the ESC will
operate, and the ESC indicator will
blink to indicate the ESC is operating.
If this indicator illuminates and stays
on, the ESC may have malfunctioned. Take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is
turned ON, but should go off after
approximately 3 seconds. To switch
to ESC function off, press the ESC
OFF button. The ESC OFF indicator
will illuminate indicating the ESC is
deactivated.
4 55
Features of your vehicle
Cruise indicators (if equipped)
Cruise SET indicator
SET
KEY OUT indicator
(if equipped)
KEY
OUT
CRUISE indicator
CRUISE
The indicator illuminates when the
cruise control system is enabled.
The cruise indicator in the instrument
cluster is illuminated when the cruise
control ON-OFF switch on the steering wheel is pushed.
The indicator goes off when the
cruise control ON-OFF switch is
pushed again. For more information
about the use of cruise control, refer
to “Cruise control system” in section
5.
The indicator illuminates when the
cruise function switch (SET - or RES
+) is ON.
The cruise SET indicator in the
instrument cluster is illuminated
when the cruise control switch (SET
- or RES +) is pushed.
The cruise SET indicator does not
illuminate when the cruise control
switch (CANCEL) is pushed or the
system is disengaged.
When the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the ACC or ON position,
if any door is open, the system
checks for the smart key. If the smart
key is not in the vehicle, the indicator
will blink, and if all doors are closed,
the chime will also sound for about 5
seconds. The indicator will go off
while the vehicle is moving. Keep the
smart key in the vehicle or insert it in
the smart key holder.
EPS (Electronic Power
Steering) system warning light
This indicator light comes on after
the ignition key is turned to the ON
position and then it will go out.
This light also comes on when the
EPS has some problems. If it comes
on while driving, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
4 56
Features of your vehicle
Key reminder warning chime
(if equipped)
If the driver’s door is opened while
the ignition key is left in the ignition
switch (ACC or LOCK position), the
key reminder warning chime will
sound. This is to prevent you from
locking your keys in the vehicle. The
chime sounds until the key is
removed from the ignition switch or
the driver’s door is closed.
LCD display warning
(if equipped)
Key is not in vehicle
If the smart key is not in the vehicle
and if any door is opened or closed
with the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ACC, ON, or START position, the warning illuminates on the
LCD display. Also, the chime sounds
for 5 seconds when the smart key is
not in the vehicle and the door is
closed.
Always have the smart key with you.
Key is not detected
If the smart key is not in the vehicle
or is not detected and you press the
ENGINE START/STOP button, the
warning illuminates on the LCD display for 10 seconds. Also, the immobilizer indicator and the key holder
light blinks for 10 seconds.
Low key battery
If the ENGINE START/STOP button
turns to the OFF position when the
smart key in the vehicle discharges,
the warning illuminates on the LCD
display for about 10 seconds. Also,
the warning chime sounds once.
Replace the battery with a new one.
Press brake pedal to start engine
If the ENGINE START/STOP button
turns to the ACC position twice by
pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal, the
warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate
that you should depress the brake
pedal to start the engine.
4 57
Features of your vehicle
Press clutch pedal to start engine
(if equipped)
If the ENGINE START/STOP button
turns to the ACC position twice by
pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal, the
warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate
that you should depress the clutch
pedal to start the engine.
Remove key
When you turn off the engine with
the smart key in the smart key holder, the warning illuminates on the
LCD display for about 10 seconds.
Also, the smart key holder light blinks
for about 10 seconds.
To remove the smart key push the
smart key once and pull it out from
the smart key holder.
Shift to "P" position
If you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in the P (Park)
position, the ENGINE START/STOP
button will turn to the ACC position. If
the button is pressed once more it
will turn to the ON position. The
warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate
that you should press the ENGINE
START/STOP button with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position to turn
off the engine.
Also, the warning chime sounds for
about 10 seconds. (if equipped)
Insert key
If
you
press
the
ENGINE
START/STOP button while "Key is
not detected" illuminates on the LCD
display, the warning “Insert key” illuminates for about 10 seconds. Also,
the immobilizer indicator and the key
holder light blinks for about 10 seconds.
4 58
Press start button again
If you can not operate the ENGINE
START/STOP button when there is a
problem
with
the
ENGINE
START/STOP button system, the
warning illuminates for 10 seconds
and the chime sounds continuously
to indicate that you could start the
engine by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button once more.
The chime will stop if the ENGINE
START/STOP button system works
normally or the theft alarm system is
armed.
If the warning illuminates each time
you
press
the
ENGINE
START/STOP button, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and
have the system checked.
Features of your vehicle
Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine
If you try to start the engine with the
shift lever not in the P(Park) or
N(Neutral) position, the warning illuminates for about 10 seconds on the
LCD display.
You can also start the engine with
the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position, but for your safety start the
engine with the shift lever in the
P(Park) position.
Press start button while turn steering
If the steering wheel does not unlock
normally when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is pressed, the
warning illuminates for 10 seconds
on the LCD display. Also, the warning
chime sounds once and the ENGINE
START/STOP button light blinks for
10 seconds.
When you are warned, press the
ENGINE START/STOP button while
turning the steering wheel right and
left.
Steering wheel unlocked (if equipped)
If the steering wheel does not lock
normally when the ENGINE
START/STOP button turns to the
OFF position, the warning illuminates for 10 minutes on the LCD display. If locks when the door is opened
or when you pull out the smart key
from the smart key holder.
Check steering wheel lock
If the steering wheel does not lock
normally when the ENGINE
START/STOP button turns to the
OFF position, the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display. Also, the warning chime sounds
for 3 seconds and the ENGINE
START/STOP button light blinks for
10 seconds.
Low tire pressure (if equipped)
If one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated when the ignition key is turned to the "ON" position, the warning illuminates for 10
seconds on the LCD display.
4 59
Features of your vehicle
REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)
This system is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle
through the rearview display mirror
while backing-up.
Always keep the camera lens clean.
If lens is covered with foreign matter,
the camera may not operate normally.
OAM042308
OAM042037
The rearview camera will activate
when the back-up light is ON with the
ignition switch ON and the shift lever
in the R (Reverse) position.
4 60
WARNING - Rearview
camera
The rear view camera is not a
safety device. It only serves to
assist the driver in identifying
objects directly behind the middle of the vehicle. The camera
does NOT cover the complete
area behind the vehicle. While
the camera's display is generally accurate, objects can be
much closer than they appear in
the display screen and can be
distorted in both size and proportion.
Features of your vehicle
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
WARNING - Backing &
using
camera
Never rely solely on the rear
view camera when backing. You
must always use methods of
viewing the area behind you
including looking over both
shoulders as well as continuously checking all three rear
view mirrors. Due to the difficulty of ensuring that the area
behind you remains clear,
always back slowly and stop
immediately if you even suspect
that a person, and especially a
child, might be behind you.
OAM042039
The hazard warning flasher should
be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the vehicle in a hazardous location. When you must
make such an emergency stop,
always pull off the road as far as possible.
The hazard warning lights are turned
on by pushing in the hazard switch.
Both turn signal lights will blink. The
hazard warning lights will operate
even though the key is not in the ignition switch.
To turn the hazard warning lights off,
push the switch again.
4 61
Features of your vehicle
LIGHTING
Headlamp escort (if equipped)
Battery saver function
If you turn the ignition switch to the
ACC or OFF position with the headlights ON, the headlights remain on
for about 20 minutes. However, if the
driver’s door is opened and closed,
the headlights are turned off after 30
seconds.
The headlights can be turned off by
pressing the lock button on the transmitter (or smart key) twice or turning
the light switch to the OFF or Auto
position. However, if you turn the light
switch to the Auto position when it is
dark outside, the headlights will not
be turned off immediately.
• The purpose of this feature is to
prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically
turns off the parking lights when
the driver removes the ignition key
and opens the driver-side door (in
that order).
• With this feature, the parking lights
will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of the road at
night.
If necessary, to keep the lights on
when the ignition key is removed,
perform the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and
ON again using the light switch
on the steering column.
4 62
OXM049110
Lighting control
The light switch has a Headlight and
a Parking light position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions:
(1) OFF position
(2) Parking light position
(3) Headlight position
(4) Auto light position (if equipped)
Features of your vehicle
OAM049041
OAM049042
OMD040095
Parking light position (
)
When the light switch is in the parking light position (1st position), the
tail, license and instrument panel
lights will turn ON.
Headlight position ( )
When the light switch is in the headlight position (2nd position), the
head, tail, license and instrument
panel lights will turn ON.
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlights.
Auto light position (if equipped)
When the light switch is in the AUTO
light position, the taillights and headlights will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount
of light outside the vehicle.
4 63
Features of your vehicle
• Never place anything over sensor
(1) located on the instrument
panel. This will ensure better autolight system control.
• Don’t clean the sensor using a window cleaner. The cleaner may
leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on
the front windshield, the Auto light
system may not work properly.
OAM049044
High beam operation
To turn on the high beam headlights,
push the lever away from you. Pull it
back for low beams.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlight high beams are
switched on.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the lights
on for a prolonged time while the
engine is not running.
4 64
OAM049043
To flash the headlights, pull the lever
towards you. It will return to the normal (low beam) position when
released. The headlight switch does
not need to be on to use this flashing
feature.
WARNING - High beams
Do not use high beam when
there are other vehicles. Using
high beam could obstruct the
other driver's vision.
Features of your vehicle
OAM049045
Turn signals and lane change
signals
The ignition switch must be on for the
turn signals to function. To turn on
the turn signals, move the lever up or
down (A). The green arrow indicators
on the instrument panel indicate
which turn signal is operating. They
will self-cancel after a turn is completed. If the indicator continues to
flash after a turn, manually return the
lever to the OFF position.
To signal a lane change, move the
turn signal lever slightly and hold it in
position (B). The lever will return to
the OFF position when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one
of the turn signal bulbs may be
burned out and will require replacement.
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit.
OAM049046N
Front fog light (if equipped)
Fog lights are used to provide
improved visibility when visibility is
poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.
The fog lights will turn on when the
fog light switch (1) is turned to the on
position after the headlight is turned
on.
To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog
light switch (1) to the OFF position.
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lights when visibility is poor.
4 65
Features of your vehicle
WIPERS AND WASHERS
Windshield wiper/washer
Rear window wiper/washer
(if equipped)
A : Wiper speed control
· MIST – Single wipe
· OFF – Off
· INT – Intermittent wipe
· LO – Low wiper speed
· HI – High wiper speed
B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment
C : Wash with brief wipes (front)
OAM049100N/OAM049048N
D : Rear wiper/washer control
· ON – Continuous wipe
· INT – Intermittent wipe
(if equipped)
· OFF – Off
E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)
4 66
Features of your vehicle
LO : Normal wiper speed
HI : Fast wiper speed
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow or ice on the windshield,
defrost the windshield for about 10
minutes, or until the snow and/or ice
is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation.
OAM049101N
OAM049102N
Windshield wipers
Windshield washers
Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
push the lever upward and
release it with the lever in the
OFF position. The wipers will
operate continuously if the
lever is pushed upward and
held.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. Use
this mode in light rain or mist.
To vary the speed setting, turn
the speed control knob (1).
In the OFF position, pull the lever
gently toward you to spray washer
fluid on the windshield and to run the
wipers 1-3 cycles.
Use this function when the windshield is dirty.
The spray and wiper operation will
continue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, check
the washer fluid level. If the fluid level
is not sufficient, you will need to add
appropriate non-abrasive windshield
washer fluid to the washer reservoir.
The reservoir filler neck is located in
the front of the engine compartment
on the passenger side.
4 67
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Washer
pump
To prevent possible damage to
the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid
reservoir is empty.
WARNING - Obscured
visibility
Do not use the washer in freezing temperatures without first
warming the windshield with
the defrosters; the washer solution could freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision.
4 68
CAUTION - Wipers&
windshields
• To prevent possible damage
to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
when the windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner,
or other solvents on or near
them.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move
the wipers manually.
OAM049103N
Rear window wiper and washer switch (if equipped)
The rear window wiper switch is
located at the end of the wiper and
washer switch lever. Turn the switch
to the desired position to operate the
rear wiper and washer.
ON - Normal wiper operation
INT - Intermittent wiper operation
(if equipped)
OFF - Wiper is not in operation
Push the lever away from you to
spray rear washer fluid and to run the
rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray
and wiper operation will continue
until you release the lever.
Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR LIGHT
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the engine is
not running.
It may cause battery discharge.
■ Type A
WARNING - Interior light
Do not use the interior lights
when driving in the dark. The
glare from the interior lights
may obstruct your view and
cause an accident.
OAM042052
Map lamp
Push the lens (1) to turn the map
lamp on or off. This light produces a
spot beam for convenient use as a
map lamp at night or as a personal
lamp for the driver and the front passenger.
(2) DOOR
The light will turn on as below if the
button is pressed.
The light will turn off if the button is
pressed again. The light comes on
when any door (or tailgate) is opened
regardless of the ignition switch position. When doors are unlocked by the
transmitter or the key is removed
from the ignition switch, the light
comes on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not
opened. The light goes out gradually
after approximately 30 seconds if the
door is closed.
However, if the ignition switch is ON
or all doors are locked, the light will
turn off immediately. If a door is
opened with the ignition switch in the
ACC or LOCK position, the light
stays on for about 20 minutes.
However, if a door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ON position, the
light stays on continuously.
4 69
Features of your vehicle
■ Type B
OAM049053
Room lamp
The light will turn on and off according to the switch position.
(1) OFF
The light stays off at all times.
(2) DOOR
The light comes on when any door
(or tailgate) is opened regardless of
the ignition switch position. When
doors are unlocked by the transmitter
or the key is removed from the ignition switch, the light comes on for
approximately 30 seconds as long as
any door is not opened. The light
goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is
closed.
However, if the ignition switch is ON
or all doors are locked, the light will
turn off immediately. If a door is
opened with the ignition switch in the
ACC or LOCK position, the light
stays on for about 20 minutes.
However, if a door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ON position, the
light stays on continuously.
(3) ON
The light stays on at all times.
Do not leave the lamp switches on
for an extended period of time when
the vehicle is not running.
4 70
OAM042348N
Luggage room lamp
The luggage room lamp comes on
when the tailgate is opened.
The lamp comes on as long as the
tailgate is open. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close
the tailgate securely after using the
luggage room.
Features of your vehicle
OAM042344N
Glove box lamp (if equipped)
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened.
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, close the glove box
securely after using the glove box.
OAM042336
Vanity mirror lamp
(if equipped)
Pull the sunvisor downward and you
can turn the vanity mirror lamp ON or
OFF by pushing the button.
•
: To turn the lamp ON.
• O : To turn the lamp OFF.
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, turn off the lamp by
pushing the O button after using the
lamp.
4 71
Features of your vehicle
DEFROSTER
CAUTION - Conductors
■ Type A
To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside
surface of the rear window,
never use sharp instruments or
window cleaners containing
abrasives to clean the window.
OAM042056
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to “Windshield
defrosting and defogging” in this section.
■ Type B
OAM042309
■ Type C
OAM042310
Rear window defroster
4 72
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the rear window, while the engine is
running.
To activate the rear window
defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the center
facia switch panel.
The indicator on the rear window
defroster button illuminates when the
defroster is ON.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20
minutes or when the ignition switch is
turned off. To turn off the defroster,
press the rear window defroster button again.
Outside rearview mirror defroster
(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate at the same time
you turn on the rear window
defroster.
Features of your vehicle
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
1. Fan speed control knob
2. Mode selection button
3. Temperature control knob
4. Air intake control button
(fresh/recirculated)
5. Front window defroster button
6. Rear window defroster button
7. Air conditioning button
OAM042057
4 73
Features of your vehicle
Heating and air conditioning
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
OAM042061
4 74
Features of your vehicle
Vent mode (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Vent-Floor mode (B, D, C, E)
Floor/Defrost mode
(A, C, E, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Defrost mode (A, D)
OAM042058L
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield. Five
symbols are used to represent.
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window
defrosters.
Floor mode (C, E, A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
4 75
Features of your vehicle
OAM042059
OAM042062
OAM042060
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or
closed separately using the thumbwheel.
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivery from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
Temperature control
The temperature control knob allows
you to control the temperature of the
air flow from the ventilation system.
To change the air temperature in the
passenger compartment, turn the
knob to the right position for warm air
or left position for cooler air.
To operate the MAX A/C, turn the
temperature knob to extreme left. Air
flow is directed toward the upper
body and face.
In this mode, the air conditioning and
the recirculated air position will be
selected automatically.
4 76
Features of your vehicle
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air
from the passenger compartment will be drawn
through the heating system and heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
OAM042063
Air intake control
The air intake control is used to
select the outside (fresh) air position
or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control position, press the control button.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh)
air position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (without
air conditioning selected) may cause
fogging of the windshield and side
windows and the air within the passenger compartment may become
stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.
WARNING - Recirculated
air
Continuous use of the climate
control system in the recirculated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the
air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
4 77
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Reduced
visibilty
Continued use of the climate
control system in the recirculated air position may allow
humidity to increase inside the
vehicle which may fog the glass
and obscure visibility.
4 78
OAM042064
OAM042065
Fan speed control
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for fan operation.
The fan speed knob allows you to
control the fan speed of the air flow
from the ventilation system. To
change the fan speed, turn the knob
to the right for higher speed, or left
for lower speed. To turn the fan
speed control off, turn the knob to
the “0” position.
Air conditioning (if equipped)
Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate). Press the button
again to turn the air conditioning system off.
Features of your vehicle
System operation
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the
or
position.
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through
the ventilation system, temporarily
set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position. Be sure to
return the control to the fresh air
position when the irritation has
passed to keep fresh air in the
vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
is drawn in through the grilles just
ahead of the windshield. Care
should be taken that these are not
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the windshield, set the air intake control to
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
Air conditioning (if equipped)
All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are
filled with environmentally friendly
R-134a refrigerant which does not
damage the ozone layer.
1. Start the engine. Press the air conditioning button.
2. Set the mode to the
position.
3. Set the air intake control to the
outside air or recirculated air position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
• When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control to the
extreme left position, set the mode
control to the MAX A/C position,
then set the fan speed control to
the highest speed.
4 79
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Excessive
A/C
When using the air conditioning
system, monitor the engine
coolant closely while driving up
hills or in heavy traffic when
outside temperatures are high.
Air conditioning system operation may cause engine overheating and potential engine
damage. Continue to use the
blower fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the
engine coolant temperature
gauge indicates engine overheating.
4 80
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system.
• During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in engine
speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system performance.
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear water
dripping (or even puddling) on the
ground under the passenger side
of the vehicle. This is a normal system operation characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position
provides maximum cooling, however, continual operation in this
mode may cause the air inside the
vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Blower
Climate control
air filter
Heater core
Evaporator
core
1LDA5047
Climate control air filter
(if equipped)
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust
or other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system.
If dust or other pollutants accumulate
in the filter over a period of time, the
air flow from the air vents may
decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside (fresh)
air position is selected. If this happens, have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia
dealer.
• Replace the filter every 15,000
miles or once a year.
If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or
rough roads, more frequent air
conditioner filter inspections and
changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, the system should be
checked at an authorized Kia
dealer.
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative impact on the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION - Compressor
damage
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and
refrigerant is used. Otherwise,
damage to the compressor and
abnormal system operation may
occur.
The air conditioning system should
be serviced by an authorized Kia
dealer.
4 81
Features of your vehicle
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
■ Type A
1. Temperature control button
2. AUTO (automatic control) button
3. Air conditioning button
4. Air intake control button
5. A/C display
6. OFF button
7. Front windshield defroster button
8. Rear windshield defroster button
9. Fan speed control switch
10. Mode selection button
OAM042200
4 82
Features of your vehicle
■ Type B
1. Temperature control button
2. Front windshield defroster button
3. Rear windshield defroster button
4. Mode selection button
5. AUTO (automatic control) button
6. OFF button
7. Climate information selection button
8. Air conditioning button
9. Air intake control button
10. Fan speed control switch
OAM042312
4 83
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type A
✽ NOTICE
■ Type B
OAM042313
OAM042316
Automatic heating and air conditioning
2.Set the temperature control knob
to set the desired temperature.
1. Push the AUTO button. It is indicated by AUTO on the display. The
modes, fan speeds, air intake and
air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by temperature setting.
4 84
• To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button or switch of
the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster button
- Air intake control button
- Fan speed control switch
The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically.
• Regardless of the temperature setting, when using automatic operation, the air conditioning system
can automatically turn on to
decrease the humidity inside the
vehicle, even if the temperature is
set to warm.
Features of your vehicle
Manual heating and air conditioning
OUN026312
Never place anything over the sensor
located on the instrument panel to
ensure better control of the heating
and cooling system.
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pushing
buttons other than the AUTO button.
In this case, the system works
sequentially according to the order of
buttons selected.
When pressing any button (or turning
any knob) except AUTO button while
automatic operation, the functions
not selected will be controlled automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.
■ Type A
■ Type B
OAM042314
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
Refer to the illustration in the
“Manual climate control system”.
The air flow outlet port is converted
as follows:
4 85
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
Vent mode (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air
discharged from the outlet.
Vent-Floor mode (B, D, C, E)
Air flow is discharged towards the face
and floor.
4 86
■ Type B
Floor mode (C, E, A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defroster.
Floor/Defrost mode
(A, C, E, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
OAM042315
Defrost mode (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window
defrosters.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
OAM042059
OAM042316
Instrument panel vents
The outlet port can be opened or
closed separately using the thumbwheel.
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivered from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
Temperature control
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (HI) by pushing the button
(
).
The temperature will decrease to the
minimum (Lo) by pushing the button (
).
When turning the knob, the temperature will increase or decrease by
0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest
temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.
Temperature scale conversion
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Centigrade.
This is normal condition. You can
switch the temperature scale as follows;
While pressing the AUTO button,
press the OFF button for 3 seconds
or more. The temperature scale will
change
from
Centigrade
to
Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit to
Centigrade.
4 87
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
OAM042317
Air intake control
This is used to select outside (fresh)
air position or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control position, push the control button.
4 88
Recirculated air position
The indicator light on the
button illuminates when
the recirculated air position is selected.
With the recirculated air
position selected, air
from passenger compartment will be drawn
through the heating system and heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
WARNING - Recirculated
air
Continuous use of the climate
control system in the recirculated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the
air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
WARNING - Reduced
Outside (fresh) air position
The indicator light on the
button does not illuminate when the outside
(fresh) air position is
selected.
With the outside (fresh)
air position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
visibility
Continued climate control system operation in the recirculated air position may allow
humidity to increase inside
vehicle which may fog the glass
and obscure visibility.
It should be noted that prolonged
operation of the heating in recirculated air position will cause fogging of
the windshield and side windows and
the air within the passenger compartment will become stale.
Features of your vehicle
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected, will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type A
■ Type B
OAM042318
OAM042319
Fan speed control
The fan speed can be set to the
desired speed by pressing the fan
speed control button.
To change the fan speed, press the
button (
) for higher speed, or
push the button (
) for lower
speed. To turn the fan speed control
off, press the OFF button and select
outside (fresh) air position.
Air conditioning
Push the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate).
Push the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
4 89
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type B
OAM042321
OAM042320
Blower OFF
Push the OFF button to turn off the
blower. However you can still operate
the mode and air intake buttons as
long as the ignition switch is in the
position ON.
Climate information screen selection (if equipped)
Press the climate information screen
selection button to view climate information in full screen mode.
4 90
Features of your vehicle
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING - Windshield
heating
Do not use the
or
position during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temperature of the outside air and that
of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of
visibility. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button
to the
position and fan
speed control knob or button to
the lower speed.
• For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control to the extreme
right/hot position and the fan speed
control to the highest speed.
• If warm air to the floor is desired
while defrosting or defogging, set
the mode to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield, rear window, outside rear view mirrors, and
all side windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grille
to improve heater and defroster
efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up inside of the
windshield.
OAM042066
Manual climate control system
To defog inside windshield
1. Select any fan speed except “0”
position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Select the
or
mode.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically.
If the air conditioning and outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, press the corresponding button manually.
4 91
Features of your vehicle
If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh)
air position and higher fan speed are
not selected automatically, adjust the
corresponding button or knob manually.
If the
position is selected, with a
low fan speed, a higher fan speed
may be automatically selected.
OAM042067
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the
extreme hot position.
3. Select the
position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically.
4 92
OAM042322
Automatic climate control system
To defog inside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the desired
position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defrost button (
).
4. The air-conditioning will be turned
on according to the detected
ambient temperature, outside
(fresh) air position and higher fan
speed will be selected automatically.
Features of your vehicle
Defogging logic
To reduce the possibility of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to
certain conditions such as
or
position. To cancel or return to the
defogging logic, do the following.
OAM042323
OAM042068
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set fan speed to the highest position.
2. Set temperature to the Maximum
(HI).
3. Press the defrost button (
).
4. The air-conditioning will be turned
on according to the detected
ambient temperature and outside
(fresh) air position will be selected
automatically.
If the
position is selected, with a
low fan speed, a higher fan speed
may be automatically selected.
Manual climate control system
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Turn the mode selection knob to
the defrost position ( ).
3. Push the air intake control button
at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The indicator light in the air intake
control button will blink 3 times with
0.5 second of interval. It indicates
that the defogging logic is canceled
or returned to the programmed status.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it will be reset to the
defog logic status.
4 93
Features of your vehicle
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it will be reset to the
defog logic status.
OAM042324
Automatic climate control system
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Select the defrost position pressing defrost button ( ).
3. While holding the air conditioning
button (A/C) pressed, press the air
intake control button at least 5
times within 3 seconds.
The A/C display blinks 3 times with
0.5 second of interval. It indicates
that the defogging logic is canceled
or returned to the programmed status.
4 94
Features of your vehicle
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
These compartments can be used to
store small items.
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
• Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving.
Do not attempt to place so many
items in the storage compartment
that the storage compartment
cover cannot close securely.
OAM049069
WARNING - Flammable
materials
Do not store, propane cylinders
or other flammable/explosive
materials in the vehicle. These
items may catch fire and/or
explode if the vehicle is
exposed to hot temperatures for
extended periods.
OAM049070
Center console storage
Glove box
These compartments can be used to
store small items required by the
driver or front passenger.
To open the glove box, pull the handle and the glove box will automatically open. Close the glove box after
use.
Always keep the glove box closed
while the vehicle is in operation.
4 95
Features of your vehicle
OAM042071
OAM049074
Multi box (if equipped)
Luggage box (if equipped)
To open the box, pull the lever and
the cover will open.
Push down the cover to close.
You can place a first aid kit, a reflector triangle, tools, etc. in the box for
easy access.
4 96
Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR FEATURES
• Do not hold the lighter in after it is
already heated because it will
overheat.
• If the lighter does not pop out within 30 seconds, remove it to prevent
overheating.
CAUTION - Cigarette
lighter
OAM042076
Cigarette lighter (if equipped)
For the cigarette lighter to work, the
ignition switch must be in the ACC or
ON position.
To use the cigarette lighter, push it all
the way into its socket. When the element is heated, the lighter will pop
out to the “ready” position.
If it is necessary to replace the cigarette lighter, use only a genuine Kia
replacement or its approved equivalent.
Do not insert accessories into
the cigarette lighter socket.
Doing so can damage the lighter
socket.
OAM049077
Ashtray (if equipped)
To use the ashtray, open the cover.
To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it
out. Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays
as waste receptacles.
WARNING - Ashtray use
Putting lit cigarettes or matches
in an ashtray with other combustible materials may cause a
fire.
4 97
Features of your vehicle
Cup holder
WARNING - Hot liquids
Do not place uncovered cups
with hot liquid in the cup holder
while the vehicle is in motion. If
the hot liquid spills, you burn
yourself. Such a burn to the
driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle.
OAM049078
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
4 98
OAM042337N
Sunvisor
Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
through the front or side windows.
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor for the side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from
the bracket (1) and swing it to the
side (2).
Adjust the sunvisor extension forward or backward (3). (if equipped)
To use the vanity mirror, pull down
the visor and pull up the mirror cover
(4).
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
• Always have the switch in the
off position when the vanity
mirror lamp is not in use. If the
sunvisor is closed without the
lamp off, it may discharge the
battery or damage the sunvisor.
• Always use the sunvisor
extension, after swing the
sunvisor to the side.
Front (Type A)
OAM049079
Front (Type B)
WARNING
For your safety, do not obstruct
your vision when using the sunvisor.
OAM042079N
Rear (if equipped)
OAM049080
Power outlet (if equipped)
The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or
other devices designed to operate
with vehicle electrical systems. The
devices should draw less than 10
amps with the engine running.
• Use the power outlet only when the
engine is running and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off
could cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories
which are less than 10A in electric
capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater
to the lowest operating level when
using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference when
plugged into a vehicle’s power outlet. These devices may cause
excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle.
4 99
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Electric
shock
Do not put a finger or a foreign
element (pin, etc.) into a power
outlet and do not touch with a
wet hand. You may get an electric shock.
OSA047133/H
OSA047143
Shopping bag holder
(if equipped)
Do not hang a bag weighing more
than 7 lbs. (3 kg). It may cause damage to the shopping bag holder.
Clothes hanger
CAUTION - Heavy
clothes
Do not hang heavy clothes, the
hook may be damaged.
❈ The actual feature may differ from
the illustration.
4 100
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
OXM049228
Floor mat anchor(s)
When using a floor mat on the front
floor carpet, make sure it attaches to
the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keeps the floor mat from
sliding forward.
WARNING - After market
floor mat
Do not install aftermarket floor
mats that are not capable of
being securely attached to the
vehicle's floor mat anchors.
Unsecured floor mats can interfere with pedal operation.
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floormat to the
vehicle.
• Ensure that the floormats are
securely attached to the vehicle's
floormat anchor(s) before driving
the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floormat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floormat anchors.
• Do not stack floormats on top of
one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floormat). Only a single floormat should
be installed in each position.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver's side floormat anchors that are designed to
securely hold the floormat in place.
To avoid any interference with pedal
operation, Kia recommends that only
the Kia floormat designed for use in
your vehicle be installed.
OAM049094
Luggage net holder
(if equipped)
To keep items from shifting in the
cargo area, you can use the holders
located in the cargo area to attach
the luggage net.
If necessary, contact your authorized
Kia dealer to obtain a luggage net.
4 101
Features of your vehicle
To prevent damage to the goods or
the vehicle, care should be taken
when carrying fragile or bulky objects
in the luggage compartment.
WARNING - Luggage net
Always keep your face and
body out of the luggage net
recoil path and avoid using the
luggage net when the straps
have visible signs of wear or
damage. The luggage net can
snap and cause injuries.
OAM042345N
Cargo screen (if equipped)
Use the cargo screen to hide items
stored in the cargo area.
4 102
OAM042346N
To use the cargo screen, insert the 4
edges into the slots.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Objects
• Do not place objects on the
cargo screen. Such objects
may be thrown about inside
the vehicle and possibly
injure vehicle occupants during an accident or when braking.
OAM042347N
When not in use, remove the 2 rear
edges from the slot and attach the
cargo screen to the seat back by
using the magic tape on the back of
the cargo screen.
CAUTION - Luggage
Since the cargo screen may be
damaged or malformed, do not
put the luggage on it when it is
used.
4 103
Features of your vehicle
EXTERIOR FEATURES
The following specification is the
maximum weight that can be loaded
onto the roof rack. Distribute the load
as evenly as possible on the roof
rack and secure the load firmly.
ROOF
RACK
165 lbs. (75 kg)
EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
Loading cargo or luggage in excess
of the specified weight limit on the
roof rack may damage your vehicle.
OAM049092
Roof rack (if equipped)
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can
load cargo on top of your vehicle.
CAUTION - Using roof
rock
When carrying cargo on the roof
rack, take the necessary precautions to make sure the cargo
does not damage the roof of the
vehicle.
When carrying large objects on the
roof rack, make sure they do not
exceed the overall roof length or
width.
✽ NOTICE
If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, be sure not to position cargo
onto the roof rack in such a way that
it could interfere with sunroof operation.
4 104
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Center of
gravity
Always drive slowly and turn
corners carefully when carrying
items on the roof rack. The vehicle center of gravity will be
higher when items are loaded
onto the roof rack.
• To prevent damage or loss of cargo
while driving, check frequently
before or while driving to make
sure the items on the roof rack are
securely fastened.
• Always drive slowly and turn corners carefully when carrying items
on the roof rack. Severe wind
updrafts, caused by passing vehicles or natural causes, can cause
sudden upward pressure on items
loaded on the roof rack. This is
especially true when carrying
large, flat items such as wood panels or mattresses. This could cause
the items to fall off the roof rack
and cause damage to your vehicle
or others around you.
4 105
Features of your vehicle
AUDIO SYSTEM
If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamps, your vehicle’s audio and
electronic devices may malfunction.
CAUTION - Antenna
Before entering a place with a
low height clearance or a car
wash, remove the antenna by
rotating it counterclockwise. If
not, the antenna may be damaged.
OHM048154N
Antenna (if equipped)
Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to
receive AM or/and FM broadcast signals.
This antenna is removable. To
remove the roof antenna, turn it
counterclockwise. To install the roof
antenna, turn it clockwise.
4 106
• When reinstalling your roof antenna, it is important that it is fully
tightened and adjusted to the
upright position to ensure proper
reception. But it could be removed
when parking the vehicle or when
loading cargo on the roof rack.
• When cargo is loaded on the roof
rack, do not place the cargo near
the antenna pole to ensure proper
reception.
Features of your vehicle
VOLUME (
/
) (1)
• Push up the lever to increase volume.
• Push down the lever to decrease
volume.
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)
If the SEEK/PRESET button is
pressed for 0.8 second or more, it
will work as follows in each mode.
OAM049084
Audio remote control
(if equipped)
The steering wheel audio remote
control button is installed to promote
safe driving.
Do not operate the audio remote
control buttons simultaneously.
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK
select button.
CDP mode
It will function as the FF/REW button.
CDC mode
It will function as
UP/DOWN button.
the
DISC
If the SEEK/PRESET button is
pressed for less than 0.8 second, it
will work as follows in each mode.
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION select buttons.
CDP mode
It will function as the TRACK
UP/DOWN button.
CDC mode
It will function as the TRACK
UP/DOWN button.
MODE (3)
Press the button to select Radio or
CD (compact disc).
MUTE (4)
• Press the MUTE button to cancel
the sound.
• Press the MUTE button again to
activate the sound.
Detailed information for audio control
buttons is described in the following
pages in this section.
4 107
Features of your vehicle
OAM049054L
OAM049088
Aux, USB and iPod® * port
(if equipped)
If your vehicle has an aux and/or
USB(universal serial bus) port or
iPod port, you can use an aux port to
connect audio devices and an USB
port to plug in an USB and also an
iPod port to plug in an iPod.
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the power source of
the portable audio device.
* iPod ® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
4 108
OAM041110
Advanced lighting speaker
(if equipped)
The advanced lighting speaker that
lights around the front speaker is
adjusted by turning the knob as follows.
1. OFF : The light turns off.
2. MUSIC : The light blinks or
changes shade according to the sound of the
audio.
If the audio is not turned
on, the light does not turn
on.
3. MOOD : The light shade changes
automatically at regular
interval.
4. COLOR : If the button is pushed, it
changes the color of
speaker to red, green,
blue, sky-blue, purple
and yellow.
5. +/- : When the lights are on, push
the illumination button to
adjust the light intensity.
If low lighting grade is selected, the intensity of light may
be weak or may not illuminate
according to the audio volume
or selected condition.
Features of your vehicle
The lighting around the front speaker
may not illuminate when the sound of
the audio is low.
FM radio reception
Do not use the lights for extended
periods when engine is not running.
It may cause battery discharge.
✽ NOTICE
When the doors are opened, the
lighting system will not operate.
JBM001
How vehicle audio works
When a strong radio signal has
reached your vehicle, the precise
engineering of your audio system
ensures the best possible quality
reproduction. However, in some
cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear. This
can be due to factors such as the
distance from the radio station,
closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions in
the area.
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located
around your city. They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle. This signal is then received by
the radio and sent to your vehicle
speakers.
4 109
Features of your vehicle
AM radio reception
FM radio station
JBM002
JBM003
JBM004
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broadcasts. This is because AM radio
waves are transmitted at low frequencies. These long, low frequency
radio waves can follow the curvature
of the earth rather than travelling
straight out into the atmosphere. In
addition, they curve around obstructions so that they can provide better
signal coverage.
FM broadcasts are transmitted at
high frequencies and do not bend to
follow the earth's surface. Because
of this, FM broadcasts generally
begin to fade at short distances from
the station. Also, FM signals are easily affected by buildings, mountains,
or other obstructions. These can
result in certain listening conditions
which might lead you to believe a
problem exists with your radio. The
following conditions are normal and
do not indicate radio trouble:
• Fading - As your vehicle moves
away from the radio station, the
signal will weaken and sound will
begin to fade. When this occurs,
we suggest that you select another
stronger station.
• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
large obstructions between the
transmitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or
fluttering noises to occur. Reducing
the treble level may lessen this
effect until the disturbance clears.
4 110
Features of your vehicle
Satellite radio reception
You may experience difficulties in
receiving SIRIUS satellite radio signals in the following situations.
• If you are driving on a mountain
road where is the signal blocked by
mountains.
SATELITE1
• If you are driving in an area with tall
trees that block the signal (30 ft. /
10m or more), for example on an
road that goes through a dense forest.
• The signal can become weak in
some areas that are not covered
by the SIRIUS repeater network.
There may be other unforeseen circumstances leading to reception
problems with the SIRIUS satellite
radio signal.
JBM005
• Station Swapping - As a FM signal
weakens, another more powerful
signal near the same frequency
may begin to play. This is because
your radio is designed to lock onto
the clearest signal. If this occurs,
select another station with a
stronger signal.
• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio
signals being received from several directions can cause distortion
or fluttering. This can be caused by
a direct and reflected signal from
the same station, or by signals
from two stations with close frequencies. If this occurs, select
another station until the condition
has passed.
SATELITE2
• If you are driving in a tunnel or a
covered parking area.
• If you are driving beneath the top
level of a multi-level freeway.
• If you drive under a bridge.
• If you are driving next to a tall vehicle (such as a truck or a bus) that
blocks the signal.
• If you are driving in a valley where
the surrounding hills or peaks
block the signal from the satellite.
4 111
Features of your vehicle
Using a cellular phone or a twoway radio
When a cellular phone is used inside
the vehicle, noise may be produced
from the audio equipment. This does
not mean that something is wrong
with the audio equipment. In such a
case, use the cellular phone at a
place as far as possible from the
audio equipment.
WARNING - Cell phone
use
Do not use a cellular phone
while driving. Stop at a safe
location to use a cellular phone.
4 112
Care of disc
• If the temperature inside the car is too
high, open the car windows for ventilation before using your car audio.
• It is illegal to copy and use
MP3/WMA files without permission.
Use CDs that are created only by
lawful means.
• Do not apply volatile agents such
as benzene and thinner, normal
cleaners and magnetic sprays
made for analogue disc onto CDs.
• To prevent the disc surface from
getting damaged. Hold and carry
CDs by the edges or the edges of
the center hole only.
• Clean the disc surface with a piece
of soft cloth before playback (wipe
it from the center to the outside
edge).
• Do not damage the disc surface or
attach pieces of sticky tape or
paper onto it.
• Make sure on undesirable matter
other than CDs are inserted into
the CD player (Do not insert more
than one CD at a time).
• Keep CDs in their cases after use
to protect them from scratches or
dirt.
• Depending on the type of CDR/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may
not operate normally according to
manufacturing companies or making and recording methods. In such
circumstances, if you still continue
to use those CDs, they may cause
the malfunction of your car audio
system.
✽ NOTICE - Playing an
Incompatible Copy
Protected Audio CD
Some copy protected CDs, which do
not comply with the international
audio CD standards (Red Book),
may not play on your car audio.
Please note that if you try to play
copy protected CDs and the CD
player does not perform correctly
the CDs maybe defective, not the CD
player.
Features of your vehicle
■ AC1A0CSAN
■ AC170CSAN
■ AC110CSAN
■ AC100CSAN
4 113
Features of your vehicle
AM
Button
Pressing the AM button selects
the AM band. AM Mode is displayed
on the LCD.
Using RADIO, SETUP, VOLUME
and AUDIO CONTROL
1. FM/AM Button
The FM/AM button toggles between
FM and AM. Listed below are the
paths as the system switches from
FM to AM and back to FM.
• FM/AM : FM1➟FM2➟AM➟FM1...
FM
Button
Turns to FM mode and toggles
FM1and FM2 when the button is
pressed each time.
4 114
2. POWER Button & VOL Knob
• Turns the audio system on/off
when the ignition switch is on ACC
or ON.
• If
the
knob
is
turned
clockwise/counterclockwise, the
volume will increase /decrease.
3. SEEK Button
SEEK is pressed, it
• When the
will automatically tune to the next
lower station.
• When the SEEK
is pressed, it
will automatically tune to the next
higher station.
4. SCAN Button
• When the button is pressed, it
automatically scans the radio stations upwards.
• The SCAN feature steps through
each station, starting from the initial station, for 5 seconds.
• Press the SCAN button again to
stop the scan feature and to listen
to the currently selected channel.
5. MUTE Button
When the button is pressed, stops
sound and “Audio Mute” is displayed
on LCD.
Features of your vehicle
8. SETUP Button
Press this button to enter SETUP
mode, If no action is taken for 8 seconds, it will return to previous mode.
6.
DISP
Button
Turn the LCD Display & Backlight
ON/OFF when DISP button press.
In “SETUP” mode, rotate the TUNE
knob to move the cursor between
items, and push the TUNE knob to
select.
• MAIN
Select this item to enter the Scroll
and SDVC setup.
• SCROLL
Select whether long file names are
scrolled continuously (On) or just
once (Off).
• SDVC (Speed Dependent Volume
Control)
Select this item to turn the SDVC feature On or Off. If it is turned ON, volume level is adjusted automatically
according to the vehicle speed.
7. PRESET Buttons
1
• Press
~ 6
buttons less
than 0.8 seconds to play the station saved in each button.
1
• Press
~ 6
button more
than 0.8 seconds or longer to save
the current station to the respective
button with a beep.
4 115
Features of your vehicle
• MEDIA
• CLOCK
Select default display of MP3 play
information.
“Folder/File”
or
“Artist/Title” can be selected.
Select this item to enter Clock setup
mode. Adjust the hour and press the
ENTER button to set. Adjust the
minute and press the ENTER button
to complete and exit from clock
adjustment mode.
Pressing the SETUP button while in
power off, screen will allow the user
to make immediately adjustments to
the clock.
• SAT
Select default display of SIRIUS
mode. “Cat./Ch.” or “Artist/Title” can
be selected.
• PHONE
Select this item to enter Bluetooth®
wireless technology setup mode.
Refer to “BLUETOOTH PHONE
OPERATION” section for detailed
information.
• P.BASS (PowerBass)
This function creates virtual sound
effects and allows adjustments to the
Bass level.
Off ➟ Low ➟ Mid ➟ High ➟ Off...
❈ AM Mode is not supported.
4 116
Features of your vehicle
• BASS Control
To increase the BASS, rotate the
knob clockwise, while to decrease
the BASS, rotate the knob counterclockwise.
• MIDDLE Control
To increase the MIDDLE, rotate the
knob clockwise, while to decrease
the MIDDLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.
9. TUNE & Audio Control Knob
Rotate the knob clockwise or counterclock wise to increase or decrease
from current frequency.
(AM 10 kHz, FM 200 MHz)
Pressing the button changes the
BASS, MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER
and BALANCE TUNE mode. The
mode selected is shown on the display. After selecting each mode,
rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or counterclockwise.
• BALANCE Control
Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize right speaker sound (left speaker sound will be attenuated). When
the control knob is turned counter
clockwise, left speaker sound will be
emphasized (right speaker sound
will be attenuated).
• TREBLE Control
To increase the TREBLE, rotate the
knob clockwise, while to decrease
the TREBLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.
• FADER Control
Turn the control knob clockwise to
emphasize rear speaker sound (front
speaker sound will be attenuated).
When the control knob is turned
counterclockwise, front speaker
sound will be emphasized (rear
speaker sound will be attenuated).
4 117
Features of your vehicle
1
3.
Button (RANDOM)
Press this button for less than 0.8
seconds to activate ‘RDM’ mode and
more than 0.8 seconds to activate
‘ALL RDM’ mode.
• RDM : Only files/tracks in a folder/disc are played back in a random sequence.
• ALL RDM (MP3/WMA Only) : All
files in a disc are played back in the
random sequence.
Using CD Player
1. CD Eject Button
• Press
button to eject the
CD. This button works regardless
of ignition switch status.
2
4.
Button (REPEAT)
Press this button for less than 0.8
seconds to activate 'RPT' mode and
more than 0.8 seconds to activate
'FLD RPT' mode.
• RPT : Only a track (file) is repeatedly played back.
• FLD RPT (MP3/WMA Only) : Only
files in a folder are repeatedly
played back.
2. CD/AUX Button (CD)
If the CD is loaded, turns to CD
mode. If no CD, it displays “No
Media” for 3 seconds and returns to
the previous mode.
4 118
5. SCAN Button
Play each song in the CD for 10 seconds. To cancel SCAN Play, press
this button again.
6. CD Slot
Insert a CD label side up and gently
push in while ignition switch is on
ACC or ON. The audio automatically
switches to CD mode and begins to
play the CD.
If the audio was turned off, audio
power will automatically turned on as
the CD is inserted.
• This audio only recognizes 12cmsize, CD-DA (Audio CD) or ISO
data-CD (MP3 CD).
• If UDF data-CD or non-CD (e.g.
DVD) is inserted, "Reading Error"
message will be displayed and the
disc will be ejected.
Do not insert a CD if CD indicator is
lit.
Features of your vehicle
7. TRACK Button
• Press T TRACK button for less
than 0.8 seconds to play from the
beginning of current song.
• Press T TRACK button for less than
0.8 seconds and press again within
1 second to play the previous song.
• Press T TRACK button for 0.8 seconds or longer to initiate reverse
direction high speed sound search
of current song.
• Press TRACK
button for less
than 0.8 seconds to play the next
song.
• Press TRACK
button for 0.8 seconds or longer to initiate forward
direction high speed sound search
of current song.
9. INFO Button
Displays the information of the current song.
• Audio CD : Disc Title/Artist, Track
Title /Artist, Total Track.
• MP3 CD : File Name, Title, Artist,
Album, Folder, Total Files (Not displayed if the information is unavailable on the CD or file.)
8. FOLDER Button
FOLDER button to move to
• Press
child folder of the current folder
and display the first song in the
folder.
Press TUNE/ ENTER knob to
move to the folder displayed. It will
play the first song in the folder.
• Press FOLDER
button to move to
parent folder of the current folder
and display the first song in the
folder.
Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move
to the folder displayed.
10. TUNE Knob & ENTER
Button
• Turn this knob clockwise to browse
songs after current song, or counterclockwise to browse songs
before current song. To play the
displayed song, press the knob.
• Pressing this knob without turning
enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode.
4 119
Features of your vehicle
NOTE:
Order of playing files (folders) :
1. Song playing order :
to
sequentially.
4 120
2. Folder playing order :
❋ If no song file is contained in
the folder, that folder is not displayed.
Features of your vehicle
1
2.
Button (RANDOM)
• Press this button for less than 0.8
seconds to play songs randomly in
current folder.
• Press this button for 0.8 seconds
or longer to play songs randomly in
entire USB device.
• To cancel RANDOM play, press
this button again.
Using USB device
1. CD/AUX Button (USB or
AUX)
If the auxiliary device is connected, it
switches to AUX or USB mode to
play the sound from the auxiliary
player.
If there is no auxiliary device, then
the message “No Media” will become
displayed on the LCD for 3 seconds
and returns to previous mode.
3.
2
Button (REPEAT)
• Press this button for less than 0.8
seconds to repeat current song.
• Press this button for 0.8 seconds
or longer to repeat all songs in current folder.
• To cancel REPEAT, press this button again.
4. TRACK Button
• Press the T TRACK button for less
than 0.8 seconds to play from the
beginning of the current song.
Press the button for less than 0.8 sec
onds and press it again within 1 second to move to and play the previous
song.
Press the button for 0.8 seconds or
longer to play the song in reverse
direction in fast speed.
• Press the TRACK
button for less
than 0.8 seconds to move to the
next song. Press the button for 0.8
seconds or longer to play the song
in forward direction in fast speed.
4 121
Features of your vehicle
8. TUNE Knob & ENTER Button
• Turn this knob clockwise to browse
songs after current song, or counter clockwise to browse songs
before current song. To play the
displayed song, press the knob.
• Pressing this knob without turning
enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode.
5. SCAN Button
7. FOLDER Button
Plays each song in the USB device
for 10 seconds.
To cancel SCAN Play, press this button again.
FOLDER button to move to
• Press
child folder of the current folder
and display the first song in the
folder.
Press TUNE/ ENTER knob to
move to the folder displayed. It will
play the first song in the folder.
• Press FOLDER
button to move to
parent folder display the first song
in the folder.
Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move
to the folder displayed.
6. INFO Button
Displays the information of the file
currently played in the order of
FILE NAME ➟ TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟
ALBUM ➟ FOLDER ➟ TOTAL FILE ➟
NORMAL DISPLAY ➟ FILE NAME…
(Displays no information if the file
has no song information.)
4 122
Features of your vehicle
• When using an external USB
device, make sure the device is not
connected when starting up the
vehicle.
• If you start the engine when the
USB device is connected, it may
damage the USB device. (USB
flashdrives are very sensitive to
electric shock.) Connect the device
after starting up.
• If the engine is started up or turned
off while the external USB device is
connected, the external USB
device may not work.
• It may not play inauthentic MP3 or
WMA files.
1) It can only play MP3 files with
the compression rate between
8Kbps~320Kbps.
2) It can only play WMA music files
with the compression rate
between 8Kbps~320Kbps.
• Take precautions for static electricity when connecting or disconnecting the external USB device.
• An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not
recognizable.
• Depending on the condition of the
external USB device, the connected external USB device can be
unrecognizable.
• When the formatted byte/sector
setting of External USB device is
not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,
then the device will not be recognized.
• Use only a USB device formatted
to FAT 12/16/32.
• USB devices without USB I/F
authentication may not be recognizable.
• If you repeatedly connect or disconnect the USB device in a short
period of time, it may break the
device.
• You may hear a strange noise
when connecting or disconnecting
a USB device.
• If you disconnect the external USB
device during playback in USB
mode, the external USB device
can be damaged or may malfunction. Therefore, disconnect the
external USB device when the
audio is turned off or in another
mode. (e.g, Radio or CD)
• Depending on the type and capacity of the external USB device or
the type of the files stored in the
device, there is a difference in the
time taken for recognition of the
device.
• Do not use the USB device for purposes other than playing music
files.
• Playing videos through the USB is
not supported.
• If you use devices such as a USB
hub purchased separately, the
vehicle’s audio system may not
recognize the USB device. In that
case, connect the USB device
directly to the multimedia terminal
of the vehicle.
• If the USB device is divided by logical drives, only the music files on
the highest-priority drive are recognized by car audio.
• Devices such as MP3 Player/
Cellular phone/Digital camera can
be unrecognizable by standard
USB I/F can be unrecognizable.
4 123
Features of your vehicle
• Charging through the USB may not
be supported in some mobile
devices.
❋ A car exclusive cable (Provided
or sold separately) is required to
use the iPod.
• Some non-standard USB devices
(METAL COVER TYPE USB) can
be unrecognizable.
• Some USB flash memory readers
(such as CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or
external-HDD type devices can be
unrecognizable.
• Music files protected by DRM
(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT) are not recognizable.
• The data in the USB memory may
be lost while using this audio.
Always back up important data on
a personal storage device.
4 124
CAUTION - USB jack
damage
Please avoid using USB memory products which can be used
as key chains or cellular phone
accessories as they could
cause damage to the USB jack.
Please make certain only to use
plug type connector products
as shown below.
Features of your vehicle
2.
1
Button (RANDOM)
• Press this button for less than 0.8
seconds to shuffle order of all
songs in current category. (Song
Random)
• Press this button for 0.8 seconds
or longer to shuffle order of albums
in current category. (Album
Random)
• To cancel RANDOM Play, press
this button again.
Using iPod®
❋ iPod ® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
3.
2
Button (REPEAT)
Repeats the song currently played.
1. CD/AUX Button (iPod)
If iPod is connected, it switches to
the iPod mode from the previous
mode to play the song files stored in
the iPod.
If there is no iPod connected, then it
displays the message "No Media" for
3 seconds and returns to the previous mode.
4. TRACK Button
• Press the T TRACK button for less
than 0.8 seconds to play from the
beginning of the song currently
played.
Press the button for less than 0.8
seconds and press it again within 1
second to move to and play the
previous track.
Press the button for 0.8 seconds or
longer to play the song in reverse
direction in fast speed.
• Press the TRACK
button for less
than 0.8 seconds to move to the
next track.
Press the button for 0.8 seconds or
longer to play the song in forward
direction in fast speed.
4 125
Features of your vehicle
Pressing the button changes the
BASS, MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER
and BALANCE TUNE mode. The
mode selected is shown on the display. After selecting each mode,
rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or counterclockwise.
5. SCAN Button
Plays each song in the USB device
for 10 seconds.
To cancel SCAN Play, press this button again.
6
6.
Button (MENU)
Moves to the upper category from
currently played category of the iPod.
To move to (play) the category
(song) displayed, press TUNE knob.
You will be able to search through
the lower category of the selected
category.
The standard order of iPod’s category is SONGS ➟ ALBUMS ➟ ARTISTS
➟ GENRES ➟ iPod
4 126
7. TUNE Knob & ENTER Button
When you rotate the knob clockwise,
it will display the songs (category)
ahead of the song currently played
(category in the same level).
Also, when you rotate the knob counterclockwise, it will display the songs
(category) before the song currently
played (category in the same level).
To listen to the song displayed in the
song category, press the button to
skip to and play the selected song.
8. INFO Button
Displays the information of the file
currently played in the order of
TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY ➟ TITLE... (Displays
no information if the file has no song
information.)
Features of your vehicle
• Some iPod models might not support the communication protocol
and the files will not be played.
Supported iPod models:
- iPod Mini®
- iPod 4th(Photo) ~ 6th(Classic)
generation
- iPod Nano® 1st~4th generation
- iPod Touch® 1st~2nd generation
• The order of search or playback of
songs in the iPod can be different
from the order searched in the
audio system.
• If the iPod disabled due to its own
malfunction, reset the iPod. (Reset:
Refer to iPod manual)
• An iPod may not operate normally
on low battery.
• Some iPod devices, such as the
iPhone, can be connected through
the Bluetooth® wireless technology
interface. The device must have
audio Bluetooth® wireless technology capability (such as for stereo
headphone Bluetooth® wireless
technology). The device can play,
but it will not be controlled by the
audio system.
• The Kia iPod Power Cable is needed in order to operate iPod with the
audio buttons on the audio system.
The USB cable provided by Apple
may cause
malfunction and
should not be used for Kia vehicles.
❋ The Kia iPod Power Cable may
be purchased through your Kia
Dealership.
• When connecting iPod with the
iPod Power Cable, insert the connector to the multimedia socket
completely. If not inserted completely, communications between
iPod and audio may be interrupted.
• When adjusting the sound effects
of the iPod and the audio system,
the sound effects of both devices
will overlap and might reduce or
distort the quality of the sound.
• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizer
function of an iPod when adjusting
the audio system’s volume, and
turn off the equalizer of the audio
system when using the equalizer of
an iPod.
• When the iPod cable is connected,
the system can be switched to AUX
mode even without iPod device
and may cause noise. Disconnect
the iPod cable when you are not
using the iPod device.
• When not using iPod with car
audio, detach the iPod cable from
iPod. Otherwise, iPod may remain
in accessory mode, and may not
work properly.
Detachable USB/AUX
All-in-one USB/AUX
• When connecting the iPod, use the
USB/AUX terminals.
• When disconnecting the iPod, disconnect both the USB/AUX terminal.
• The iPod exclusive cable must be
connected to both the USB/AUX
terminals for iPod charging and
operations to be supported.
4 127
Features of your vehicle
SIRIUS Satellite Radio information (if equipped)
Satellite Radio channels:
SIRIUS Satellite Radio has over 130 channels, including 69 channels of 100% commercial-free music, plus sports, news, talk
and entertainment available nationwide in
your vehicle. For more information and a
complete list of SIRIUS Satellite Radio
channels, visit sirius.com in the United
States, sirius-canada.ca in Canada, or call
SIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474.
Satellite Radio reception factors:
To receive the satellite signal, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
satellite radio antenna located on the
roof of your vehicle. The vehicle roof
provides the best location for an
unobstructed, open view of the sky, a
requirement of a satellite radio system. Like AM/FM, there are several
factors that can affect satellite radio
reception performance:
• Antenna obstructions: For optimal
reception performance, keep the
antenna clear of snow and ice
build-up and keep luggage and
other material as far away from the
antenna as possible.
4 128
• Terrain: Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages,
dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your
reception.
SIRIUS Satellite Radio service:
SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a subscriptionbased satellite radio service that
broadcasts music, sports, news and
entertainment programming to radio
receivers, which are available for
installation in motor vehicles or factory installed, as well as for the home,
portable and wireless devices, and
through an Internet connection on
personal computer.
Vehicles that are equipped with a
factory installed SIRIUS Satellite
Radio system include:
• Hardware and an introductory trial
subscription term, which begins on
the date of sale or lease of the
vehicle.
• For a small upgrade fee, access to
SIRIUS music channels, and other
select channels over the Internet
using any computer connected to
the Internet (U.S. customers only).
For information on extended subscription terms, contact SIRIUS at
1-888-539-7474.
NOTE:
Satellite Radio requires SIRIUS® compatible receiver and a subscription service fee after trial period.
Vehicles without a factory-installed
radio receiver require hardware purchase and installation. Please see your
dealer for further details. All fees and
programming subject to change.
Subscriptions governed by the SIRIUS
Terms & Conditions available at
www.sirius.com / service terms.
Available only in the 48 contiguous
United States and the District of
Columbia. Service available in Canada;
see www.siriuscanada.ca
Kia shall not be responsible for any
such programming changes.
Satellite Radio Electronic Serial
Number (ESN): This 12-digit Satellite
Serial Number is needed to re-activate,
modify or track your satellite radio
account. You will need this number when
communicating with SIRIUS.
Features of your vehicle
To retrieve the SID/ESN, turn on the
radio, press the [SAT] button, and
tune to channel zero.
Please note that the vehicle will need
to be turned on, in Sirius mode, and
have an unobstructed view of the sky
in order for the radio to receive the
activation signal.
1.
Using SIRIUS Satellite Radio
Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3
month complimentary period of SIRIUS Satellite Radio so you have
access to over 130 channels of
music, information, and entertainment programming.
Activation
In order to extend or reactivate your
subscription to SIRIUS Satellite
Radio, you will need to contact SIRIUS Customer Care at 1-888-5397474. Have your 12 digit SID (Sirius
Identification Number) / ESN
(Electronic Serial Number) ready.
SAT Button
(SIRIUS Satellite Radio)
Press the SAT button to switch to
SIRIUS Satellite Radio. It cycles
through the different bands as noted
below.
SAT1➟SAT2➟SAT3➟SAT1...
3. SCAN Button
SCAN
• When the
button is
pressed, it automatically scans the
radio stations upwards.
• The SCAN feature steps through
every channel, starting from the
initial channel, for ten seconds.
• Press the SCAN button again to
stop the scan feature and to listen
to the currently selected channel.
• If "CATEGORY" Icon is displayed
at the top of the screen, channel
changing is done through the
channels within current category.
2. SEEK Button (CHANNEL)
SEEK
• Press
button for less
than 0.8 seconds to select previous or next channel.
• Press SEEK button for 0.8 seconds or longer to continuously
move to previous or next channel.
• If “CATEGORY” Icon is displayed at
the top of the screen, channel
up/down is done through the channels within current category.
4 129
Features of your vehicle
• Press this to make selection of
channels or items.
7. INFO Button
4. CAT
Button (CATEGORY)
CAT
• Press
button to enter
the Category List Mode. The display will indicate the category
items, highlight the category that
the current channel belongs to.
• In the Category List Mode, press
these buttons to navigate category
list.
• Press ENTER Button to select the
lowest channel in highlighted category.
• If channel is selected by selecting
category "CATEGORY" Icon is displayed at the top of the screen.
5. PRESET Buttons
1
• Press
~ 6
buttons less
than 0.8 seconds to play the channel saved in each button.
1
• Press
~ 6
buttons for
0.8 seconds or longer to save current channel to the respective button with a beep.
6. TUNE Knob & ENTER Button
• Rotate clockwise to increase the
channel number or to scroll down
the category list.
• Rotate
counterclockwise
to
decrease the channel number or to
scroll up the category list.
4 130
Displays the information of the current channel as below when the button is pressed each time.
• When default display is
CAT (Category) / CH (Channel) ➟
Artist / Title ➟ Composer (if available) ➟ Category / Channel...
• When default display is ART
(Artist) / TITLE (Title) ➟ Category /
Channel ➟ Composer (if available)
➟ Artist / Title...
✽ Troubleshooting
1. Antenna Error
If this message is displayed, the
antenna or antenna cable is broken or unplugged. Please consult
with your Kia dealership.
2. Acquiring Signal
If this message is displayed, it
means that the antenna is covered
and that the SIRIUS Satellite
Radio signal is not available.
Ensure the antenna is uncovered
and has a clear view of the sky.
Features of your vehicle
BLUETOOTH® WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY PHONE OPERATION
• Do not use a cellular phone or perform Bluetooth® wireless technology settings (e.g. pairing a phone)
while driving.
• Some Bluetooth® wireless technology-enabled phones may not be
recognized by the system or fully
compatible with the system.
• Before using Bluetooth® wireless
technology related features of the
audio system, refer your phone’s
User’s Manual for phone-side
Bluetooth® wireless technology
operations.
• The phone must be paired to the
audio system to use Bluetooth®
wireless technologyrelated features.
• You will not be able to use the
hands-free feature when your
phone (in the car) is outside of the
cellular service area (e.g. in a tunnel, in a underground, in a mountainous area, etc.).
• If the cellular phone signal is poor
or the vehicles interior noise is too
loud, it may be difficult to hear the
other person’s voice during a call.
• Do not place the phone near or
inside metallic objects, otherwise
communications with Bluetooth®
wireless technology system or cellular service stations can be disturbed.
• While a phone is connected
through Bluetooth® wireless technology your phone may discharge
quicker than usual for additional
Bluetooth® wireless technologyrelated operations.
• Some cellular phones or other
devices may cause interference
noise or malfunction to audio system. In this case, store the device
in a different location may resolve
the situation.
• Please save your phone name in
English, or your phone name may
not be displayed correctly.
If you need more information about
Kia’s Bluetooth® wireless technology.
Contact
kia
website
“www.kia.com” (OWNERS>General
Info>Bluetooth® wireless technology).
4 131
Features of your vehicle
is Bluetooth® wireless
technology?
Bluetooth® wireless technology that
allows multiple devices to be connected in a short range, low-powered
devices like hands-free, stereo headset, steering remote control, etc. For
more
information,
visit
the
Bluetooth® wireless technology website at www.Bluetooth.com
■ What
1
2
4
5
3
(if equipped)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
button : Raises or lowers
speaker volume.
MUTE : Mute the microphone during a
call.
button : Activates voice recognition.
button : Places and transfers
calls.
button : Ends calls or cancels
functions.
VOLUME
4 132
■
General Features
• This audio system supports
Bluetooth® wireless technology
enabled hands-free and stereoheadset features.
- HANDS-FREE feature: Making or
receiving calls wirelessly through
voice recognition.
- STEREO-HEADSET
feature:
Playing music from cellular
phones (that supports A2DP feature) wirelessly.
• Voice recognition engine of the
Bluetooth® wireless technology
system supports 3 types of languages:
English
Canadian French
US Spanish
• The phone must be paired to the
system before using Bluetooth®
wireless technology features.
• Only one selected (linked) cellular
phone can be used with the system at a time.
• Some phones are not fully compatible with this system.
Features of your vehicle
■
Receiving a Phone Call
When receiving a phone call, a ringtone is audible from speakers and
the audio system changes into telephone mode.
When receiving a phone call,
“Incoming call” message and incoming phone number (if available) are
displayed on the audio.
• To Answer a Call:
- Press
button on the steering
wheel.
• To Reject a Call:
- Press
button on the steering
wheel.
• To Adjust Ring Volume:
- Use VOLUME buttons on the steering wheel.
• To Transfer a Call to the Phone
(Private Call):
- Press and hold
button on the
steering wheel until the audio system transfers a call to the phone.
■ Talking
on the Phone
When talking on the phone, “Active
Call” message and the other party’s
phone number (if available) are displayed on the audio.
• To Finish a Call
- Press
button on the steering
wheel.
■
Bluetooth® wireless technology
Audio Music Streaming
The
audio
system
supports
Bluetooth® wireless technology
A2DP (Audio Advanced Distribution
Profile) and AVRCP (Audio Video
Remote Control Profile) technologies.
Both profiles provide steaming of
music via compatible “PAIRED”
Bluetooth® wireless technology
enabled Cellular phone.
To stream music from the Bluetooth®
wireless technology enabled cellular
phone, play your music files on your
cellular phone according to your cellular phone user’s manual and press
the CD/AUX button on the audio system until “MP3 play” is displayed on
the LCD.
The audio system head unit displays
‘MP3 MODE’.
4 133
Features of your vehicle
NOTE:
• In addition to streaming MP3
files, all music and sound files
your cellular phone supports
can be played by the audio system.
• Bluetooth® wireless technology
enabled compatible cellular
phones must include A2DP and
AVRCP capabilities.
• Some A2DP and AVRCP compatible Bluetooth® wireless
technology enabled cellular
phones may not play music
through the audio system initially. These cellular phones may
need to have the Bluetooth®
wireless technology streaming
enabled, for example;
i.e : Menu➟Filemanager➟Music➟
Option➟Play via Bluetooth
• Please refer to User’s Guide for
your cellular phone for more
information.
To
cancel
Bluetooth® wireless technology
cellular phone music streaming,
stop music playback on the cellular phone or change the audio
mode to AM/FM, SIRIUS, CD,
iPod, ect.
4 134
■
Phone Setup
All Bluetooth® wireless technology
related operations can be performed
in PHONE menu.
1) Push the SETUP button to enter
SETUP mode.
2) Select “Phone” item by rotating
the TUNE knob, then push the
knob.
3) Select desired item by rotating the
TUNE knob, then push the knob.
• Pairing a phone
Before using Bluetooth® wireless
technology features, the phone must
be paired (registered) with the audio
system. Up to 5 phones can be
paired with the system.
NOTE:
• The pairing procedure of the phone
varies according to each phone
model. Before attempting to pair
phone, please see your phone’s
User’s Guide for instructions.
• Once pairing with the phone is completed, there is no need to pair with
that phone again unless the phone
is deleted manually from the audio
system (refer “Deleting a Phone”
section) or the vehicle’s information
is removed from the phone.
Features of your vehicle
➀ Press SETUP button to enter
SETUP mode.
➁ Select “Phone”, then “Pair” in
PHONE menu.
➂ The audio displays “Device :
[Name] passkey: 0000”
➃ Search and select the device
name in your mobile phone to
starting the pairing process.
NOTE:
• If the phone is paired with two or
more vehicles of the same model,
some phones may not handle
Bluetooth® wireless technology
enabled devices of that name correctly. In this case, you may need to
change the name displayed on your
phone.
• Connecting a phone
When the Bluetooth® wireless technology system is enabled, the phone
previously used is automatically
selected and re-connected. If you
want to select different phone previously paired, the phone can be
selected through “Select Phone”
menu.
Only a selected phone can be used
with the hands-free system at a time.
➂ Select desired phone name from
the list shown.
➃ The Bluetooth® wireless technology icon appears on the upper side
of audio display when a phone is
connected.
➀ Press SETUP button to enter
SETUP mode.
➁ Select “Phone”, then “Select” in
PHONE menu.
For example, if the vehicles'
name is KMC CAR, you may
need to change the name displayed on you phone from
KMC_CAR to JOHNS_CAR or
KMC CAR_1 to avoid ambiguity.
Refer to your phone User’s
Guide, or contact your cellular
carrier or phone manufacturer for
instructions.
4 135
Features of your vehicle
• Changing Priority
If several phones are paired with the
audio system, the system attempts
to connect following order when the
Bluetooth® wireless technology system is enabled:
1) “Priority” checked phone.
2) Previously connected phone
3) Gives up auto connection.
➀ Press SETUP button to enter
SETUP mode.
➁ Select “Phone”, then “Priority” in
PHONE menu.
➂ Select desired phone name from
the list shown.
4 136
• Deleting a Phone
The paired phone can be deleted.
- When the phone is deleted, all the
information associated with that
phone is also deleted (including
phonebook).
- If you want to use the deleted phone
with the audio system again, pairing
procedure must be completed once
more.
➀ Press SETUP button to enter
SETUP mode.
➁ Select “Phone”, then “Delete” in
PHONE menu.
➂ Select desired phone name from
the list shown.
• ADVANCED Menu
After pressing the SETUP button,
select the “Phone” menu. while in
PHONE
menu,
select
the
“Advanced”
menu
to
make
Bluetooth® wireless technology
enabled Phone settings. (The
ADVANCED menu may differ according to audio specifications.)
Incoming Volume (Bluetooth® wireless technology enabled call volume adjustments)
While in ADVANCED menu, press “In.
Vol” Use the knob key to set the
desired volume and select the ENTER
button.
Features of your vehicle
Contacts
Sync
(Automatic
Phonebook download setting)
While in Advanced menu, select
“Contacts” To automatically save the
contacts and call history in your
mobile phone each time you connect
a mobile device, select ON. If you do
not wish for automatic download,
select OFF.
It’s not available to make a phone
call by Bluetooth® wireless technology enabled audio system while the
phonebook is being downloaded.
Language of Bluetooth® wireless
technology voice recognition
While in ADVANCED menu, select
“Language”. To change the language, select the desired language
and press the ENTER button.
Bluetooth® wireless technology
system off
While in ADVANCED menu, select
“BT Off” to turn off the Bluetooth®
wireless technology System.
■ Voice Recognition Activation
• The voice recognition engine contained in the Bluetooth® wireless
technology System can be activated in the following conditions:
- Button Activation
The voice recognition system will
be active when the
button is
pressed and after the sound of a
Beep.
- Active Listening
The voice recognition system will
be active for a period of time when
the Voice Recognition system has
asked for a customer response.
• At any time if you say “help”, the
system will announce what commands are available.
■
Menu tree
The menu tree identifies available
voice recognition Bluetooth® wireless technology functions.
Call [Name]
Ex) Call John (at Home)
Dial [Number] Ex) Dial 911
Call
By name
By number
• The system can recognize single
digits from zero to nine while number greater than ten will not be recognized.
• The system shall cancel voice
recognition mode in following
cases : When pressing the
button and saying “cancel” following
the beep. When not making a call
and pressing the
button.
When voice recognition has failed
3 consecutive times.
Redial
Call Back
Phonebook
Add entry
By voice
By phone
Change name
Delete name
4 137
Features of your vehicle
✽ Tip
■ Voice Operation
To get the best performance out of
the Voice Recognition System,
observe the followings:
- Keep the interior of the vehicle
as quiet as possible. Close the
window to eliminate surrounding noise (traffic noise, vibration sounds, etc), which may
disturb recognizing the voice
command correctly.
- Speak a command after a beep
sound within 5 seconds.
Otherwise the command will
not be received properly.
- Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words.
- While receiving voice commands, press the
button on
the steering wheel remote controller to terminate guidance.
Voice command will convert
back to waiting mode to allow
the user to say a new voice command.
4 138
■
Making a Phone Call
• Direct Calling
➀ Press
button.
➁ Say the following command.
- Call <John> : Connects the call to
John.
- Call <John> on <Mobile> :
Connects the call to John’s mobile
phone number.
- Call <John> at <Home> :
Connects the call to john’s home
number.
- Call <John> in <Office> :
Connects the call to John’s office
number.
• Calling by Name
A phone call can be made by speaking names registered in the audio
system.
Note:
A shortcut to each of the following
functions is available:
1. Say “Call Name”
Calls can be immediately connected to contacts who name or voice
tag are saved in the phonebook(or
contacts).
➀ Press
button.
➁ Say “Call”.
➂ Say “By name” when prompted.
➃ Say desired name (in Phonebook
or voice tag).
➄ Say desired location (phone number type). Only stored locations
can be selected.
➅ Say “Yes” to confirm and make a
call.
Features of your vehicle
• Dialing by Number
A phone call can be made by dialing
the spoken numbers. The system
can recognize single digits from zero
to nine.
➀ Press
button.
➁ Say “Call”.
➂ Say “By number” when prompted.
➃ Say desired phone numbers.
➄ Say “Dial” to complete the number
and make a call.
A shortcut to each of the following
functions is available:
➀ Say “Dial Number”
➁ Say “Dial <digit>”
■
Phone Book (In-Vehicle)
• Adding entry by voice
Phone numbers and voice tags can
be registered. Entries registered in
the phone can also be transferred.
11
Say “Yes” to store additional location for this contact, or say
“Cancel” to finish the process.
➀ Press
button.
➁ Say "Phonebook".
- The system replies with all available commands.
- To skip the information message,
press
again and then a beep
is heard.
➂ Say “Add Entry”.
➃ Say “By Voice” to proceed.
➄ Say the name of the entry when
prompted.
➅ Say “Yes” to confirm.
➆ Say the phone number of that
entry when prompted.
➇ Say “Store” if phone number input
is finished.
➈ Say a phone number type.
“Home”, “Work”, “Mobile”, “Other”
or “Default” is available.
➉ Say “Yes” to complete adding
entry.
4 139
Features of your vehicle
• Adding Entry by Phone
➀ Press
button.
➁ Say "Phonebook".
➂ Say "Add Entry" after prompt.
➃ Say "By Phone" to proceed.
➄ Say “Yes” to confirm.
➅ Your phone will start to transfer
phone/contact list to the audio
system.
This process may take over 10
minutes depending on the phone
model and number of entries
➆ Wait till the audio displays
“Transfer Complete” message.
• Changing Name
The registered names can be modified.
➀ Press
button.
➁ Say “Phonebook”.
➂ Say “Change Name” after prompt.
➃ Say the name of the entry (voice
tag).
➄ Say “Yes” to confirm.
➅ Say new desired name.
4 140
• Deleting Name
The registered names can be deleted.
➀ Press
button.
➁ Say “Phonebook”.
➂ Say “Delete Name” after prompt.
➃ Say the name of the entry (voice
tag).
➄ Say “Yes” to confirm.
■
Bluetooth® wireless Technology
Audio Speaker Adaptation
Speaker adaptation will improve performance of voice recognition system to a particular user voice.
This will degrade the performance for
other users.
• Record
➀ Press
button for 10sec.
➁ Say “Record profile”.
➂ Say “Yes”.
➃ Say the word displayed on Radio.
• Delete
➀ Press
button for 10sec.
➁ Say “Delete profile”.
➂ Say “Yes”.
Before driving / 5-3
Key positions / 5-5
Engine start/stop button / 5-8
ISG (Idle stop and go) system / 5-13
Manual Transaxle / 5-17
Automatic transaxle / 5-20
Brake system / 5-25
Cruise control system / 5-37
Active eco system / 5-41
Economical operation / 5-42
Special driving conditions / 5-44
Driving your vehicle
Winter driving / 5-49
Trailer towing / 5-52
Vehicle load limit / 5-53
Vehicle weight / 5-58
5
Driving your vehicle
Be sure the exhaust system does
not leak.
The exhaust system should be
checked whenever the vehicle is
raised to change the oil or for any
other purpose. If you hear a change in
the sound of the exhaust or if you
drive over something that strikes the
underside of the car, have the exhaust
system checked as soon as possible
by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Engine
exhaust
Do not inhale exhaust fumes or
leave your engine running in a
enclosed area for a prolonged
time. Exhaust fumes contain
carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless gas that can cause
unconsciousness and death by
asphyxiation.
5 2
WARNING - Open trunk
Do not drive with the trunk
open. Poisonous exhaust gases
can enter the passenger compartment.
If you must drive with the trunk
open proceed as follows:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at
"Fresh", the air flow control at
"Floor" or "Face" and the fan
at the highest speed.
WARNING - California
proposition 65
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components
and parts, including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or
emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Driving your vehicle
BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering vehicle
• Be sure that all windows, outside
mirror(s), and outside lights are
clean.
• Check the condition of the tires.
• Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back up.
Necessary inspections
Fluid levels, such as engine oil,
engine coolant, brake fluid, and
washer fluid should be checked on a
regular basis, with the exact interval
depending on the fluid. Further
details are provided in section 7,
“Maintenance”.
WARNING - Distracted
driving
Focus on the road while driving.
The driver's primary responsibility is in the safe and legal
operation of the vehicle. Use of
any handled devices, other
equipment or vehicle systems
that distract the drive should
not be used during vehicle
operation.
Before starting
• Close and lock all doors.
• Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached.
• Buckle your seat belt.
• Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
• Be sure that all lights work.
• Check all gauges.
• Check the operation of warning
lights when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position.
• Release the parking brake and
make sure the brake warning light
goes out.
For safe operation, be sure you are
familiar with your vehicle and its
equipment.
WARNING - Check surrounding
Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before
putting a car into D (Drive) or R
(Reverse).
5 3
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Driving
while intoxicated
Do not drive while intoxicated.
Drinking and driving is dangerous. Even a small amount of
alcohol will affect your reflexes,
perceptions and judgment.
Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous
as or more dangerous than driving drunk.
WARNING - Loose
object
Securely store items in your
vehicle. When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering
wheel rapidly, loose objects
may drop on the floor and it
could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, possibly
causing an accident.
5 4
WARNING - Fire risk
When you intend to park or stop
the vehicle with the engine on,
be careful not to depress the
accelerator pedal for a long
period of time. It may overheat
the engine or exhaust system
and cause fire.
Driving your vehicle
KEY POSITIONS
ACC (Accessory)
The steering wheel is unlocked and
electrical accessories are operative.
If difficulty is experienced turning the
ignition switch to the ACC position,
turn the key while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the
tension.
OUN036002
Ignition switch position
LOCK
The steering wheel locks to protect
against theft. The ignition key can be
removed only in the LOCK position.
When turning the ignition switch to
the LOCK position, push the key
inward at the ACC position and turn
the key toward the LOCK position.
The anti-theft steering column lock is
not a substitute for the parking brake.
Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever is
engaged in 1st gear for the manual
transaxle or P (Park) for automatic
transaxle, set the parking brake fully
and shut the engine off.
ON
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. This is
the normal running position after the
engine is started.
Do not leave the ignition switch ON if
the engine is not running to prevent
battery discharge.
START
Turn the ignition switch to the START
position to start the engine. The
engine will crank until you release
the key; then it returns to the ON
position. The brake warning light can
be checked in this position.
5 5
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Ignition
switch
Never turn the ignition switch to
LOCK or ACC while the vehicle
is moving. This would result in
loss of directional control and
braking function, which could
cause an accident.
WARNING - Steering
wheel
Never reach for any controls
through the steering wheel
while the vehicle is in motion.
The presence of your hand or
arm in this area could cause a
loss of vehicle control.
5 6
Starting the engine
WARNING - Proper
footwear
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels,
ski boots, sandals, etc.) may
interfere with your ability to use
the brake and accelerator pedal,
and the clutch (if equipped).
1.Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the
clutch pedal fully and shift the
transaxle into Neutral. Keep the
clutch pedal and brake pedal
depressed while turning the ignition switch to the start position.
The starter will not operate if the
clutch pedal is not fully depressed.
Automatic Transaxle - Place the
transaxle shift lever in P (Park).
Depress the brake pedal fully.
You can also start the engine
when the shift lever is in the N
(Neutral) position.
3. Turn the ignition switch to START
and hold it there until the engine
starts (a maximum of 10 seconds),
then release the key.
4. In extremely cold weather (below
0°F / -18°C) or after the vehicle
has not been operated for several
days, let the engine warm up without depressing the accelerator.
Whether the engine is cold or warm,
it should be started without
depressing the accelerator.
Driving your vehicle
If the engine stalls while you are in
motion, do not attempt to move the
shift lever to the P (Park) position. If
traffic and road conditions permit,
you may put the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position while the vehicle is
still moving and turn the ignition
switch to the START position in an
attempt to restart the engine.
CAUTION - Starter
Do not engage the starter for
more than 10 seconds. If the
engine stalls or fails to start,
wait 5 to 10 seconds before reengaging the starter. Improper
use of the starter may damage it.
5 7
Driving your vehicle
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)
ENGINE START/STOP button
position
OFF
Not illuminated
OAM050021
Illuminated ENGINE
START/STOP button
Whenever the front door is opened,
the ENGINE START/STOP button
will illuminate for your convenience.
The light will go off after about 30
seconds when the door is closed.
5 8
• With manual transaxle
To turn off the engine, stop the vehicle then press the ENGINE
START/STOP button with the
ENGINE START/STOP button ON.
• With automatic transaxle
To turn off the engine (START/RUN
position) or vehicle power (ON position),
press
the
ENGINE
START/STOP button with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position. When
you
press
the
ENGINE
START/STOP button without the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, the
ENGINE START/STOP button will
not change to the OFF position but to
the ACC position.
Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift lever is
engaged in P (Park), set the parking
brake fully and shut the engine off.
In an emergency situation while the
vehicle is in motion, you are able to
turn the engine off and to the ACC
position by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button for more than 2
seconds or 3 times successively
within 3 seconds. If the vehicle is still
moving, you can restart the engine
without depressing the brake pedal
by
pressing
the
ENGINE
START/STOP button with the shift
lever in the N (Neutral) position.
Driving your vehicle
ACC(Accessory)
ON
Orange indicator
START/RUN
Green indicator
• With manual transaxle
Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button when the button is in the OFF
position without depressing the
clutch pedal.
• With manual transaxle
Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button when the button is in the ACC
position without depressing the
clutch pedal.
• With automatic transaxle
Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while it is in the OFF position
without depressing the brake pedal.
• With automatic transaxle
Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while it is in the ACC position
without depressing the brake pedal.
If the ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the ACC position for more than
1 hour, the button will automatically
turned off to prevent battery discharge.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. Do not
leave the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ON position without the
engine running for an extended time
because the battery may discharge.
Not illuminated
• With manual transaxle
To start the engine, depress the
clutch pedal and brake pedal, then
press the ENGINE START/STOP
button with the shift lever in the
N(Neutral) position.
• With automatic transaxle
To start the engine, depress the
brake pedal and press the ENGINE
START/ STOP button with the shift
lever in the P (Park) or the N
(Neutral) position. For your safety,
start the engine with the shift lever in
the P (Park) position.
5 9
Driving your vehicle
If
you
press
the
ENGINE
START/STOP
button
without
depressing the clutch pedal on manual transaxle vehicles or without
depressing the brake pedal on automatic transaxle vehicles, the engine
will not start and the engine
start/stop button changes as follows:
OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF
5 10
If you leave the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the ACC or ON position for a long time, the battery will
discharge.
WARNING - Starting
vehicle
Never press the ENGINE
START/STOP button while the
vehicle is in motion. This would
result in loss of directional control and braking function, which
could cause an accident.
Starting the engine
1.Carry the smart key or leave it
inside the vehicle.
2.Make sure the parking brake is
firmly applied.
3.Place the transaxle shift lever in P
(Park). Depress the brake pedal
fully.
You can also start the engine when
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.
4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button.
5.In extremely cold weather (below
0°F / -18°C) or after the vehicle has
not been operated for several days,
let the engine warm up without
depressing the accelerator.
Whether the engine is cold or warm,
it should be started without depressing the accelerator.
Driving your vehicle
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, if it is far away from you, the
engine may not start.
• When the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the ACC position or
above, if any door is opened, the
system checks for the smart key. If
the smart key is not in the vehicle,
KEY
the " OUT
" indicator will blink or the
warning "Key is not in vehicle" will
illuminate on the LCD display. And
if all doors are closed, the chime
will sound for 5 seconds. The indicator or warning will turn off while
the vehicle is moving. Always have
the smart key with you.
The engine will start, only when the
smart key is in the vehicle.
WARNING - Unintended
vehicle movement
Never leave the smart key in the
vehicle with children or vehicle
occupants who are unfamiliar
with the vehicle operation.
Pushing
the
ENGINE
START/STOP button while the
smart key is in the vehicle may
result in unintended engine
activation and/or unintended
vehicle movement.
If the engine stalls while the vehicle
is in motion, do not attempt to move
the shift lever to the P (Park) position. If the traffic and road conditions
permit, you may put the shift lever in
the N (Neutral) position while the
vehicle is still moving and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button in an
attempt to restart the engine.
OAM052020
• If the battery is weak or the smart
key does not work correctly, you
can start the engine by inserting
the smart key in the smart key
holder. When you pull out the smart
key from the smart key holder,
press the smart key and pull it out.
5 11
Driving your vehicle
• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you can't start the engine normally.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If
it is not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button for 10 seconds while it is in the ACC position. The engine can start without
depressing the brake pedal. But for
your safety always depress the
brake pedal before starting the
engine.
Do not press the ENGINE START/
STOP button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse
is blown.
5 12
Driving your vehicle
ISG (IDLE STOP AND GO) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Your vehicle may be equipped with
the ISG system, which reduces fuel
consumption by automatically shutting down the engine, when the vehicle is at a standstill. (For example :
red light, stop sign and traffic jam)
The engine starts automatically as
soon as the starting conditions are
met.
The ISG system is ON whenever the
engine is running.
■ Type A
You must reach a speed of at least
5 mph (8 km/h) since last idle stop.
The engine will stop and the green
AUTO STOP indicator ( ) on the
instrument cluster will illuminate.
If your vehicle is equipped with cluster type B, a message "Auto Stop"
also will appear on the LCD display.
OAM052050
■ Type B
✽ NOTICE
When the engine automatically
starts by the ISG system, some
warning lights (ABS, ESC, ESC
OFF, EPS or Parking brake warning light) may turn on for a few seconds.
This happens because of low battery
voltage. It does not mean the system
is malfunctioning.
OAM052051N
Auto stop
To stop the engine in idle stop
mode
Stop the vehicle completely by
pressing the brake pedal.
5 13
Driving your vehicle
Auto start
OAM052053L
OAM052059N
If you open the engine hood in auto
stop mode, the ISG system will deactivate (the light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate). A message "Auto
Start Deactivated Start Manually" will
appear on the LCD display. (if
equipped)
Turn the engine on manually.
5 14
To restart the engine from idle
stop mode
• Release the brake pedal.
or
• Move the shift gear to the R
(Reverse) position or the sports
mode while depressing the brake
pedal.
The engine will start and the green
AUTO STOP indicator ( ) on the
instrument cluster will go out.
The engine will also restart automatically without the driver’s any
actions if the following occurs:
- When a certain amount of time has
passed with the climate control system on.
- When the front defroster is on.
- The brake vaccum pressure is low.
- The battery charging status is low.
- The vehicle speed exceeds 1 MPH
(1 km/h).
- The fan speed is in the highest
position when the air conditioning is
on.
- Engine is turned off by Auto Stop
for a long time.
- If you unfasten the seat belt or open
the driver's door while depressing
the brake pedal.
The green AUTO STOP indicator
( ) on the instrument cluster will
blink for 5 seconds and a message
“Auto Start” will appear on the LCD
display (if equipped).
Driving your vehicle
Condition of ISG system operation
The ISG system will operate
under the following condition:
- The driver’s seat belt is fastened.
- The driver’s door and engine hood
are closed.
- The brake vaccum pressure is adequate.
- The battery is sufficiently charged.
- The outside temperature is more
than 28.4°F (-2°C).
- The outside temperature is under
89.6°F (32°C).
- The engine coolant temperature is
not low.
(if equipped)
OAM052055N
• If the ISG system does not meet
the operation condition, the ISG
system is deactivated. The light on
the ISG OFF button will illuminate
and a message “Auto Stop
Deactivated” will appear on the
LCD display (if equipped).
• If the light or notice comes on continuously, please check the operation condition.
OAM052053N
ISG system deactivation
• If you want to deactivate the ISG
system, press the ISG OFF button.
The light on the ISG OFF button
will illuminate and a message “Auto
Stop off” will appear on the LCD
display (if equipped).
• If you press the ISG OFF button
again, the system will be activated
and the light on the ISG OFF button will turn off.
5 15
Driving your vehicle
ISG system malfunction
The system may not operate
when:
- If the ISG related sensors or system error occurs, the yellow AUTO
STOP indicator ( ) on the instrument cluster will stay on after blinking for 5 seconds and the light on
the ISG OFF button will illuminate.
• If the ISG OFF button light is not
turned off by pressing the ISG OFF
button again or if the ISG system
continuously does not work correctly, please contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING - Engine
repair
Turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK (OFF) position or remove
the key from the ignition completely before performing work
on the vehicle in the engine
area. Failure to do so could
result in serious injuries due to
sudden engine reactivation.
✽ NOTICE
If the AGM battery is reconnected
or replaced, ISG function will not
operate immediately.
If you want to use the ISG function,
the battery sensor needs to be calibrated for approximately 4 hours
with the ignition off and then, turn
the engine on and off 2 or 3 times.
5 16
Driving your vehicle
MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)
Manual transaxle operation
The shift lever can be moved without pulling
the ring (1).
The ring (1) must be pulled up while moving
the shift lever.
OAM052001
The manual transaxle has 6 forward
gears.
This shift pattern is imprinted on the
shift knob. The transaxle is fully synchronized in all forward gears so
shifting to either a higher or a lower
gear is easily accomplished.
Depress the clutch pedal down fully
while shifting, then release it slowly.
If your vehicle is equipped with an
ignition lock switch, the engine will
not start when starting the engine
without depressing the clutch pedal.
The shift lever must be returned to
the neutral position before shifting
into R (Reverse). The ring (1) located
below the shift knob must be pulled
upward while moving the shift lever
to the R (Reverse) position.
Make sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before shifting into R
(Reverse).
Never operate the engine with the
tachometer (rpm) in the red zone.
CAUTION - Downshifting
Do not downshift more than 2
gears or downshift the gear
when the engine is running at
high speed (5,000 RPM or higher). Such a downshifting may
damage the engine.
• During cold weather, shifting may
be difficult until the transaxle lubricant is warmed up. This is normal
and not harmful to the transaxle.
• If you've come to a complete stop
and it's hard to shift into 1st or R
(Reverse), leave the shift lever at
neutral position and release the
clutch. Depress the clutch pedal
back down, and then shift into 1st
or R (Reverse) gear position.
5 17
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION - Premature
wear
• Do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal or use
the clutch pedal to hold the
vehicle stopped on an uphill or
at a traffic light. This will result
in premature clutch wear.
• Do not use the shift lever as a
handrest during driving, as this
can result in premature wear of
the transaxle shift forks.
WARNING - Incline parking
Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always set the parking brake
fully and shut the engine off.
Then make sure the transaxle is
shifted into 1st gear when the
vehicle is parked on a level or
uphill grade, and shifted into R
(Reverse) on a downhill grade.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement can occur if these
precautions are not followed in
the order identified.
5 18
Using the clutch
The clutch should be depressed all
the way to the floor before shifting,
then released slowly. The clutch
pedal should always be fully
released while driving. Do not rest
your foot on the clutch pedal while
driving. This can cause unnecessary
wear. Do not partially engage the
clutch to hold the vehicle on an
incline. This causes unnecessary
wear. Use the foot brake or parking
brake to hold the vehicle on an
incline. Do not operate the clutch
pedal rapidly and repeatedly.
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or while driving up steep hills,
downshift before the engine starts to
labor. Downshifting reduces the
chance of stalling and gives better
acceleration when you need to
increase your speed again. When the
vehicle is traveling down steep hills,
downshifting helps maintain safe
speed and prolongs brake life.
Good driving practices
• Never take the vehicle out of gear
and coast down a hill. This is
extremely hazardous. Always leave
the vehicle in gear.
• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can
cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are
driving down a long hill, slow down
and shift to a lower gear. When you
do this, engine braking will help
slow down the vehicle.
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. This will help avoid
over-revving the engine, which can
cause damage.
• Slow down when you encounter
cross winds. This gives you much
better control of your vehicle.
• Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into reverse. The transaxle can be
damaged if you do not.
Driving your vehicle
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and
the vehicle to go out of control.
• Always buckle-up! In a collision, an
unbelted occupant is significantly
more likely to be seriously injured
or killed than a properly belted
occupant.
• Never exceed posted speed limits.
WARNING - Vehicle handling
Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning. High speed cornering and turning increases the
risk of vehicle rollover due to
loss of vehicle control. Rollover
accidents are extremely violent
and unpredictable.
5 19
Driving your vehicle
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)
Automatic transaxle operation
The automatic transaxle has 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected
automatically, depending on the
position of the shift lever.
✽ NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle,
if the battery has been disconnected,
may be somewhat abrupt. This is a
normal condition, and the shifting
sequence will adjust after shifts are
cycled a few times by the TCM
(Transaxle Control Module) or
PCM (Powertrain Control Module).
Depress the brake pedal and the push button when shifting.
Press the push button when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
OAM052002
5 20
Driving your vehicle
For smooth operation, depress the
brake pedal when shifting from N
(Neutral) to a forward or reverse
gear.
WARNING - Automatic
transaxle
Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position; then
set the parking brake fully and
shut the engine off. Do not use
the P position in place of the
parking brake. Always make
sure the shift lever is latched in
the P position and set the parking brake fully. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur if these precautions are
not followed.
CAUTION - Transaxle
• To avoid damage to your
transaxle, do not accelerate
the engine in R (Reverse) or
any forward gear position with
the brakes on.
• The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P (Park)
while the vehicle is in motion.
When stopped on an upgrade, do not
hold the vehicle with engine power.
Use the service brake or the parking
brake.
Transaxle ranges
The indicator light in the instrument
cluster displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park). This
position locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from rotating.
Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion will cause the drive
wheels to lock which will cause you
to lose control of the vehicle.
5 21
Driving your vehicle
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
CAUTION - Shifting
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transaxle if you shift into R
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion, except when “Rocking
the Vehicle” explained in this
section.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transaxle are not
engaged. The vehicle will roll freely
even on the slightest incline unless
the parking brake or service brakes
are applied.
5 22
D (Drive)
This is the normal forward driving
position. The transaxle will automatically shift through a 6-gear
sequence, providing the best fuel
economy and power.
For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades,
depress the accelerator fully, at
which time the transaxle will automatically downshift to the next lower
gear.
Sports mode
Whether the vehicle is stopped or in
motion, sports mode is selected by
pushing the shift lever from the D
(Drive) position into the manual gate.
To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the
main gate.
In sports mode, moving the shift
lever backwards and forwards will
allow you to make gearshifts rapidly.
In contrast to a manual transaxle, the
sports mode allows gearshifts with
the accelerator pedal depressed.
Up (+) : Push the lever forward
once to shift up one gear.
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one
gear.
Driving your vehicle
• In sports mode, the driver must
execute upshifts in accordance
with road conditions, taking care to
keep the engine speed below the
red zone.
• In sports mode, only the 6 forward
gears can be selected. To reverse
or park the vehicle, move the shift
lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park)
position as required.
• In sports mode, downshifts are
made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle
stops, 1st gear is automatically
selected.
• In sports mode, when the engine
rpm approaches the red zone shift
points are varied to upshift automatically.
• To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety,
the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever
is operated.
• When driving on a slippery road,
push the shift lever forward into the
+(up) position. This causes the
transaxle to shift into the 2nd (or
third) gear which is better for
smooth driving on a slippery road.
Push the shift lever to the -(down)
side to shift back to the 1st gear.
Shift lock system
For your safety, the automatic
transaxle has a shift lock system
which prevents shifting the transaxle
out of P (Park) unless the brake
pedal is depressed.
To shift the transaxle from P (Park)
into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or turn the ignition
switch to the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
depressed and released with the
shift lever in the P (Park) position, a
chattering noise near the shift lever
may be heard. This is a normal condition.
WARNING - Shifting
from park
Always fully depress the brake
pedal before and while shifting
out of the P (Park) position into
another position to avoid inadvertent motion of the vehicle.
5 23
Driving your vehicle
Ignition key interlock system
The ignition key cannot be removed
unless the shift lever is in the P
(Park) position.
Good driving practices
OAM052071L
Shift-lock override
If the shift lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) into R (Reverse)
position with the brake pedal
depressed, continue depressing the
brake, then do the following:
1. Carefully remove the cap covering
the shift-lock access hole.
2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into
the access hole and press down
on the key (or screwdriver).
3. Move the shift lever.
4. Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer immediately.
5 24
• Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the shift lever into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in
motion.
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
gear may not be engaged.
• Always use the parking brake. Do
not depend on placing the
transaxle in P (Park) to keep the
vehicle from moving.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator pedal.
Moving up a steep grade from a
standing start
To move up a steep grade from a
standing start, depress the brake
pedal, shift the shift lever to D
(Drive). Select the appropriate gear
depending on load weight and steepness of the grade, and release the
parking brake. Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the
service brakes.
Driving your vehicle
BRAKE SYSTEM
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
In the event that the power-assisted
brakes lose power because of a
stalled engine or some other reason,
you can still stop your vehicle by
applying greater force to the brake
pedal than you normally would. The
stopping distance, however, will be
longer.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.
CAUTION - Brake pedal
Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will
create abnormally high brake
temperatures which can cause
excessive brake lining and pad
wear.
WARNING - Steep hill
braking
Avoid continuous application of
the brakes when descending a
long or steep hill by shifting to a
lower gear. Continuous brake
application will cause the
brakes to overheat and could
result in a temporary loss of
braking performance.
Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s
ability to safely slow down; the vehicle may also pull to one side when
the brakes are applied. Applying the
brakes lightly will indicate whether
they have been affected in this way.
To dry the brakes, apply them lightly
while maintaining a safe forward
speed until brake performance
returns to normal.
In the event of brake failure
If service brakes fail to operate while
the vehicle is in motion, you can
make an emergency stop with the
parking brake. The stopping distance, however, will be much greater
than normal.
WARNING - Parking
brake
Avoid applying the parking
brake to stop the vehicle while it
is moving except in an emergency situation. Applying the
parking brake while the vehicle
is moving at normal speeds can
cause a sudden loss of control
of the vehicle. If you must use
the parking brake to stop the
vehicle, use great caution in
applying the brake.
5 25
Driving your vehicle
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high-pitched warning sound from
your front brakes or rear brakes (if
equipped). You may hear this sound
come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal.
Please remember that some driving
conditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when you first apply (or
lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem
with your brakes.
CAUTION - Replace
brake pads
Do not continue to drive with
worn brake pads. Continuing to
drive with worn brake pads can
damage the braking system and
result in costly brake repairs.
Always replace the front or rear
brake pads as pairs.
5 26
WARNING - Brake wear
Do not ignore high pinched
wear sounds from your brakes.
If you ignore this audible warning, you will eventually lose
braking performance, which
could lead to a serious accident.
Rear drum brakes (if equipped)
Your rear drum brakes do not have
wear indicators. Therefore, have the
rear brake linings inspected if you
hear a rubbing noise. Also have your
rear brakes inspected each time you
change or rotate your tires and when
you have the front brakes replaced.
OAM059004
Parking brake
Applying the parking brake
To engage the parking brake, first
apply the foot brake and then without
pressing the release button in, pull
the parking brake lever up as far as
possible. In addition it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on
an incline, the shift lever should be in
the P (Park) position for Automatic
transaxle, or Reverse for manual
transaxle.
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION - Parking
WARNING - Parking
brake
brake use
Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive
brake pad (or lining) and brake
rotor wear.
All vehicles should always have
the parking brake fully engaged
when parking to avoid inadvertent movement of the vehicle
which can injure occupants or
pedestrians.
OTD059011
Releasing the parking brake
To release the parking brake, first
apply the foot brake and pull up the
parking brake lever slightly. Secondly
press the release button (1) and
lower the parking brake lever (2)
while holding the button.
5 27
Driving your vehicle
If at all possible, cease driving the
vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location or repair
shop.
W-75
Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON (do not start
the engine). This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied
with the ignition switch in the START
or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is fully released and the brake
warning light is off.
If the brake warning light remains on
after the parking brake is released
while the engine is running, there may
be a malfunction in the brake system.
Immediate attention is necessary.
5 28
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous
driving maneuvers. Even though
vehicle control is improved during
emergency braking, always maintain
a safe distance between you and
objects ahead. Vehicle speeds
should always be reduced during
extreme road conditions.
The vehicle should be driven at
reduced speeds in the following circumstances:
• When driving on rough, gravel or
snow-covered roads
• When driving with tire chains
installed
• When driving on roads where the
road surface is pitted or has different surface heights.
Driving in these conditions increases
the stopping distance for your vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
The ABS continuously senses the
speed of the wheels. If the wheels
are going to lock, the ABS system
repeatedly modulates the hydraulic
brake pressure to the wheels.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
sound from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means
your ABS is active.
In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency
situation, do not attempt to modulate
your brake pressure and do not try to
pump your brakes. Press your brake
pedal as hard as possible or as hard
as the situation allows the ABS to
control the force being delivered to
the brakes.
✽ NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the anti-lock brake
system is functioning properly.
• Even with the anti-lock brake system, your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you.
• Always slow down when cornering.
The anti-lock brake system cannot
prevent accidents resulting from
excessive speeds.
• On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake
system may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles
equipped with a conventional
brake system.
W-78
The ABS warning light will stay on for
approximately 3 seconds after the
ignition switch is ON. During that
time, the ABS will go through selfdiagnosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the light stays
on, you may have a problem with
your ABS but your regular brakes will
work normally. Contact an authorized
Kia dealer as soon as possible.
5 29
Driving your vehicle
• When you drive on a road having
poor traction, such as an icy road,
and have operated your brakes
continuously, the ABS will be active
continuously and the ABS warning
light may illuminate. Pull your car
over to a safe place and stop the
engine.
• Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light goes off, then your
ABS is normal. Otherwise, you
may have a problem with the ABS.
Contact an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible.
✽ NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the
engine may not run as smoothly and
the ABS warning light may turn on
at the same time. This happens
because of low battery voltage. It
does not mean your ABS has malfunctioned.
• Do not pump your brakes!
• Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
5 30
OAM059006
Electronic stability control
(ESC)
The Electronic Stability control (ESC)
system is designed to stabilize the
vehicle during cornering maneuvers.
ESC checks where you are steering
and where the vehicle is actually
going. ESC applies the brakes on
individual wheels and intervenes with
the engine management system to
stabilize the vehicle.
Electronic stability control (ESC) will
not prevent accidents. Excessive
speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers
and hydroplaning on wet surfaces
can still result in serious accidents.
Only a safe and attentive driver can
prevent accidents by avoiding
maneuvers that cause the vehicle to
lose traction. Even with ESC
installed, always follow all the normal
precautions for driving - including
driving at safe speeds for the conditions.
The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system is an electronic system
designed to help the driver maintain
vehicle control under adverse
conditions. It is not a substitute for
safe driving practices. Factors
including speed, road conditions and
driver steering input can all affect
whether ESC will be effective in
preventing a loss of control. It is still
your responsibility to drive and corner
at reasonable speeds and to leave a
sufficient margin of safety.
Driving your vehicle
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
sound from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means
your ESC is active.
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
• When the ignition is turned
ON, ESC and ESC OFF
indicator lights illuminate
for approximately 3 seconds, then ESC is turned
on.
• Press the ESC OFF button for at least half a second after turning the ignition ON to turn ESC off.
(ESC OFF indicator will
illuminate). To turn the
ESC on, press the ESC
OFF button (ESC OFF
indicator light will go off).
• When starting the engine,
you may hear a slight ticking sound. This is the ESC
performing an automatic
system self-check and
does not indicate a problem.
When operating
When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light
blinks.
• When the Electronic
Stability Control is operating properly, you can feel a
slight pulsation in the vehicle. This is only the effect
of brake control and indicates nothing unusual.
• When moving out of the
mud or driving on a slippery road, pressing the
accelerator pedal may not
cause the engine rpm
(revolutions per minute) to
increase.
5 31
Driving your vehicle
ESC operation off
ESC OFF state
• To cancel ESC operation,
press the ESC OFF button
(ESC OFF indicator light
illuminates).
• If the ignition switch is
turned to LOCK position
when ESC is off, ESC
remains off. Upon restarting the engine, the ESC
will automatically turn on
again.
5 32
■ ESC indicator light
■ ESC OFF indicator light
Indicator light
When the ignition switch is turned
ON, the indicator light illuminates,
then goes off if ESC system is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating and illuminates when ESC fails to operate.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off with
the button.
Driving with varying tire or wheel
sizes may cause the ESC system to
malfunction. When replacing tires,
make sure they are the same size as
your original tires.
WARNING - Electronic
stability control
Drive carefully even though
your vehicle has Electronic
Stability Control. It can only
assist you in maintaining control under certain circumstances.
Driving your vehicle
ESC OFF usage
When driving
• It’s a good idea to keep the ESC
turned on for daily driving whenever possible.
• To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving
on a flat road surface.
WARNING - Operating
ESC
Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating (ESC
indicator light blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is
operating, the vehicle may slip
out of control.
Hill-start assist control (HAC)
(if equipped)
Hill start Assist Control is a comfort
function. The main intend is to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards while driving off uphill on an
inclined surface. HAC holds the braking pressure builtup by driver during
stopping procedure for 2 seconds
after releasing brake pedal.
During the pressure-hold period, the
driver has enough time to press the
accelerator pedal to drive off.
The braking pressure is reduced as
soon as the system detects the driver’s intention to drive off.
WARNING - Rolling
backward
Drivers should pay close attention when activating the HAC.
The vehicle may roll backward
causing an accident due to
insufficient brake hold pressure.
• The HAC does not operate when
the transaxle shift lever is in the P
(Park) or N (Neutral) position.
• The HAC activates even though
the ESC is off but it does not activate when the ESC has malfunctioned.
5 33
Driving your vehicle
Vehicle stability management
(VSM) (if equipped)
This system provides further
enhancements to vehicle stability
and steering responses when a vehicle is driving on a slippery road or a
vehicle detected changes in coefficient of friction between right wheels
and left wheels when braking.
VSM operation
When the VSM is in operation, ESC
indicator light ( ) blinks.
When the vehicle stability management is operating properly, you can
feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle.
This is only the effect of brake control
and indicates nothing unusual.
The VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on bank road such as gradient or incline
• Driving rearward
• ESC OFF indicator light ( )
remains on the instrument cluster
• EPS indicator light remains on the
instrument cluster
5 34
VSM operation off
If you press the ESC OFF button to
turn off the ESC, the VSM will also
cancel and the ESC OFF indicator
light ( ) illuminates.
To turn on the VSM, press the button
again. The ESC OFF indicator light
goes out.
Malfunction indicator
The VSM can be deactivated even if
you don’t cancel the VSM operation
by pressing the ESC OFF button. It
indicates that a malfunction has
been detected somewhere in the
Electric Power Steering system or
VSM system. If the ESC indicator
light ( ) or EPS warning light
remains on, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 9 mph (15
km/h) on curves.
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 18 mph (30
km/h) when a vehicle is braking on
a split-mu road. The split-mu road
is made of surfaces which have different friction forces.
• The Vehicle Stability Management
system is not a substitute for safe
driving practices but a supplementary function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check
the speed and the distance to the
vehicle ahead. Always hold the
steering wheel firmly while driving.
• Your vehicle is designed to activate
according to the driver’s intention,
even with installed VSM. Always
follow all the normal precautions
for driving at safe speeds for the
conditions – including driving
inclement weather and on a slippery road.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Tire/wheel
sizes
When replacing tires and
wheels, make sure they are the
same size as the original tires
and wheels installed. Driving
with varying tire or wheel sizes
may diminish any supplemental
safety benefits of the VSM system.
Good braking practices
• Check to be sure the parking brake
is not engaged and the parking
brake indicator light is out before
driving away.
• Driving through water may get the
brakes wet. They can also get wet
when the vehicle is washed. Wet
brakes can be dangerous! Your
vehicle will not stop as quickly if the
brakes are wet. Wet brakes may
cause the vehicle to pull to one
side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action
returns to normal, taking care to
keep the vehicle under control at
all times. If the braking action does
not return to normal, stop as soon
as it is safe to do so and call an
authorized Kia dealer for assistance.
• Don't coast down hills with the
vehicle out of gear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep the vehicle in
gear at all times, use the brakes to
slow down, then shift to a lower
gear so that engine braking will
help you maintain a safe speed.
• Don't "ride" the brake pedal.
Resting your foot on the brake
pedal while driving can be dangerous because the brakes might
overheat and lose their effectiveness. It also increases the wear of
the brake components.
• If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and
keep the vehicle pointed straight
ahead while you slow down. When
you are moving slowly enough for it
to be safe to do so, pull off the road
and stop in a safe place.
5 35
Driving your vehicle
• If your vehicle is equipped with an
automatic transaxle, don't let your
vehicle creep forward. To avoid
creeping forward, keep your foot
firmly on the brake pedal when the
vehicle is stopped.
• Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake
and place the shift lever in P (automatic transaxle) or in first or
reverse gear (manual transaxle). If
your vehicle is facing downhill, turn
the front wheels into the curb to
help keep the vehicle from rolling. If
your vehicle is facing uphill, turn
the front wheels away from the
curb to help keep the vehicle from
rolling. If there is no curb or if it is
required by other conditions to
keep the vehicle from rolling, block
the wheels.
5 36
• Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the
engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an
accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or if
the brakes are wet. If there is a risk
that the parking brake may freeze,
apply it only temporarily while you
put the shift lever in P (automatic
transaxle) or in first or reverse gear
(manual transaxle) and block the
rear wheels so the vehicle cannot
roll. Then release the parking
brake.
• Do not hold the vehicle on the
upgrade with the accelerator
pedal. This can cause the transaxle
to overheat. Always use the brake
pedal or parking brake.
Driving your vehicle
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
The cruise control system allows you ✽ NOTICE
to program the vehicle to maintain a
constant speed without pressing the
accelerator pedal.
This system is designed to function
above approximately 25 mph (40
km/h).
• If the cruise control is left on
(CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster illuminated), the
cruise control can be switched on
accidentally. Keep the cruise control system off (CRUISE indicator
light OFF) when the cruise control
is not in use, to avoid inadvertently
setting a speed.
• Use the cruise control system only
when traveling on open highways
in good weather.
• Do not use the cruise control when
driving in heavy or varying traffic,
or on slippery (rainy, icy or snowcovered) or winding roads or over
6% up-hill or down-hill roads.
During normal cruise control operation, when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the
brakes, the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds.
The delay is normal.
✽ NOTICE
To activate cruise control, depress
the brake pedal at least once after
turning the ignition switch to the
ON position or starting the engine.
This is to check if the brake switch
which is important part to cancel
cruise control is in normal condition.
WARNING - Misuse
cruise control
Do not use cruise control if the
traffic situation does not allow
you to drive safely at a constant
speed and with sufficient distance to the vehicle in front.
OAM059010L
To set cruise control speed:
1. Push the CRUISE ON-OFF button
on the steering wheel, to turn the
system on. The CRUISE indicator
light in the instrument cluster will
illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than 25 mph
(40 km/h).
5 37
Driving your vehicle
OAM059012L
3. Push the SET - switch, and
release it at the desired speed.
The SET indicator light in the
instrument cluster will illuminate.
Release the accelerator at the
same time. The desired speed will
automatically be maintained.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going downhill.
5 38
OAM059011L
OAM059012L
To increase cruise control set
speed:
To decrease the cruising
speed:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the RES + switch and hold it.
Your vehicle will accelerate. Release
the switch at the speed you want.
• Push the RES+ switch and release
it immediately. The cruising speed
will increase by 1.0 mph (1.6 km/h)
each time the RES+ switch is operated in this manner.
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the SET - switch and hold it.
Your vehicle will gradually slow
down. Release the switch at the
speed you want to maintain.
• Push the SET - switch and release
it immediately. The cruising speed
will decrease by 1.0 mph (1.6
km/h) each time the SET - switch is
operated in this manner.
Driving your vehicle
Each of these actions will cancel
cruise control operation (the SET
indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off), but it will not turn the
system off. If you wish to resume
cruise control operation, push the
RES + switch located on your steering wheel. You will return to your previously preset speed.
To temporarily accelerate with
the cruise control on:
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.
OAM059014L
To cancel cruise control, do
one of the following:
• Press the brake pedal.
• Press the clutch pedal with a manual transaxle.
• Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic transaxle.
• Push the CANCEL switch located
on the steering wheel.
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower
than the memory speed by 12 mph
(20 km/h).
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 25 mph (40
km/h).
5 39
Driving your vehicle
To turn cruise control off, do
one of the following:
OAM059011L
To resume cruising speed at
more than approximately 25
mph (40 km/h):
If any method other than the
CRUISE ON-OFF switch was used
to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated, the most recent
set speed will automatically resume
when the RES+ switch is pushed.
It will not resume, however, if the
vehicle speed has dropped below
approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
5 40
• Push the CRUISE ON-OFF button
(the CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster will go off).
• Turn the ignition off.
Both of these actions will cancel the
cruise control operation. If you want
to resume the cruise control operation, repeat the steps provided in “To
set cruise control speed” on the previous page.
Driving your vehicle
ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
■ Type A
OAM052062
■ Type B
OAM052061L
Active ECO operation
• When the Active ECO button is
pressed the ECO indicator (green)
will illuminate to show that the
Active ECO is operating.
• When the Active ECO is activated,
it will remain on until the Active
ECO button is pressed again.
Active ECO does not turn off when
the engine is restarted. To turn off
Active ECO, press the Active ECO
button again.
• If Active ECO is turned off, the system will return to the normal mode.
Limitation of Active ECO operation:
If the following conditions occur while
Active ECO is operating, the system
operation is limited even though
there is no change in the ECO indicator.
• When the coolant temperature is
low: The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes normal.
• When driving up a hill: The system
will be limited to gain power when
driving uphill because the engine
torque is restricted.
• When using sports mode: The system will be limited according to the
shift location.
• When the accelerator pedal is
deeply pressed for a few seconds:
The system will be limited, judging
that the driver wants to speed up.
Active ECO helps improve fuel efficiency by controlling certain engine
and transaxle system operating
parameters. Fuel efficiency depends
on the driver's driving habit and road
condition.
5 41
Driving your vehicle
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends
mainly on your style of driving, where
you drive and when you drive.
Each of these factors affects how
many miles (kilometers) you can get
from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate
your vehicle as economically as possible, use the following driving suggestions to help save money in both
fuel and repairs:
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a
moderate rate. Don't make "jackrabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts
and maintain a steady cruising
speed. Don't race between stoplights. Try to adjust your speed to
the traffic so you don't have to
change speeds unnecessarily.
Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible. Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you
can avoid unnecessary braking.
This also reduces brake wear.
5 42
• Drive at a moderate speed. The
faster you drive the more fuel your
vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate
speed, in the highest gear appropriate for the conditions, especially
on the highway, is one of the most
effective ways to reduce fuel consumption.
• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This
can increase fuel consumption and
also increase wear on these components. In addition, driving with
your foot resting on the brake pedal
may cause the brakes to overheat,
which reduces their effectiveness
and may lead to more serious consequences.
• Take care of your tires. Keep them
inflated to the recommended pressure. Incorrect inflation, either too
much or too little, results in unnecessary tire wear. Check the tire
pressures at least once a month.
• Be sure that the wheels are
aligned correctly. Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs
or driving too fast over irregular
surfaces. Poor alignment causes
faster tire wear and may also result
in other problems as well as
greater fuel consumption.
• Keep your vehicle in good condition. For better fuel economy and
reduced maintenance costs, maintain your vehicle in accordance
with the maintenance schedule in
section 7. If you drive your vehicle
in severe conditions, more frequent
maintenance is required (see section 7 for details).
• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximum service, your vehicle should
be kept clean and free of corrosive
materials. It is especially important
that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be
allowed to accumulate on the
underside of the vehicle. This extra
weight can result in increased fuel
consumption and also contribute to
corrosion.
• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle. Weight
reduces fuel economy.
Driving your vehicle
• Don't let the engine idle longer
than necessary. If you are waiting
(and not in traffic), turn off your
engine and restart only when
you're ready to go.
• Remember, your vehicle does not
require extended warm-up. After
the engine has started, allow the
engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds
prior to placing the vehicle in gear.
In very cold weather, however, give
your engine a slightly longer warmup period.
• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.
Lugging is driving too slowly in a
very high gear resulting in engine
bucking. If this happens, shift to a
lower gear. Over-revving is racing
the engine beyond its safe limit.
This can be avoided by shifting at
the recommended speed.
• Use your air conditioning sparingly.
The air conditioning system is
operated by engine power so your
fuel economy is reduced when you
use it.
• Open windows at high speeds can
reduce fuel economy.
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
and headwinds. To help offset
some of this loss, slow down when
driving in these conditions.
Keeping a vehicle in good operating
condition is important both for economy and safety. Therefore, have an
authorized Kia dealer perform
scheduled inspections and maintenance.
WARNING - Engine off
during motion
Never turn the engine off to
coast down hills or anytime the
vehicle is in motion. The power
steering and power brakes will
not function properly without
the engine running. In addition,
turning off the ignition while
driving could engage the steering wheel lock resulting in loss
of vehicle steering. Keep the
engine on and downshift to an
appropriate gear for engine
braking effect.
5 43
Driving your vehicle
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow these suggestions:
• Drive cautiously and allow extra
distance for braking.
• Avoid sudden braking or steering.
• When braking with non-ABS
brakes pump the brake pedal with
a light up-and-down motion until
the vehicle is stopped.
Do not pump the brake pedal on a
vehicle equipped with ABS.
5 44
• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,
use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive
wheels.
• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, or
other non-slip material under the
drive wheels to provide traction
when stalled in ice, snow, or mud.
WARNING - Downshifting
Do not downshift with an automatic transaxle while driving on
slippery surfaces. The sudden
change in tire speed could
cause the tires to skid and
result in an accident.
Reducing the risk of a rollover
This multi-purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Crossover Utility
Vehicle (CUV). CUV’s have higher
ground clearance and a narrower
track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety of road
applications. Specific design characteristics give them a higher center of
gravity than ordinary vehicles. An
advantage of the higher ground
clearance is a better view of the
road, which allows you to anticipate
problems. They are not designed for
cornering at the same speeds as
conventional passenger vehicles.
Due to this risk, driver and passengers are strongly recommended to
buckle their seat belts. In a rollover
crash, an unbelted person is more
likely to die than a person wearing a
seat belt. There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a
rollover. If at all possible, avoid sharp
turns or abrupt maneuvers, do not
load your roof rack with heavy cargo,
and never modify your vehicle in any
way.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Rollover
Reduce speed when you turn
corners. The center of gravity of
Crossover Utility Vehicles (CUV)
is higher than that of conventional vehicles, making them
more likely to roll over when
you turn corners too fast.
WARNING - Tire and
wheel
Do not use a size and type of
tire and wheel that is different
from the one that is originally
installed on your vehicle. It can
affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which
could lead to steering failure or
rollover and serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be
sure to equip all four tires with
the tire and wheel of the same
size, type, tread, brand and
load-carrying capacity.
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right and
left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and
forth between 1st (First) and R
(Reverse) in vehicles equipped with
a manual transaxle or R (Reverse)
and any forward gear in vehicles
equipped with an automatic
transaxle. Do not race the engine,
and spin the wheels as little as possible. If you are still stuck after a few
tries, have the vehicle pulled out by a
tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating and possible damage to the
transaxle.
The ESC system (if equipped)
should be turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.
CAUTION - Vehicle rocking
Prolonged rocking may cause
engine overheating, transaxle
damage or failure, and tire damage.
5 45
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION - Spinning
tires
Do not spin the wheels, especially at speeds more than 35
mph (56 km/h). Spinning the
wheels at high speeds when the
vehicle is stationary could
cause a tire to overheat which
could result in tire damage.
OUN056051
WARNING - Sudden
vehicle movement
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle if people or objects are nearby. The vehicle may suddenly
move forward or backwards as
it becomes unstuck.
5 46
OCM053010
Smooth cornering
Driving at night
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration. If
you follow these suggestions, tire
wear will be held to a minimum.
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight,
here are some important tips to
remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to
see at night, especially in areas
where there may not be any street
lights.
Driving your vehicle
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's headlights.
• Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly
aimed headlights will make it much
more difficult to see at night.
Headlight operation when using
windshield wipers is mandatory in
some states.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
1VQA3003
Driving in the rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you’re not
prepared for the slick pavement.
Here are a few things to consider
when driving in the rain:
• A heavy rainfall will make it harder
to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle,
so slow down.
• Keep your windshield wiping
equipment in good shape. Replace
your windshield wiper blades when
they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
• If your tires are not in good condition, making a quick stop on wet
pavement can cause a skid and
possibly lead to an accident. Be
sure your tires are in good shape.
• Turn on your headlights to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
• If you believe you may have gotten
your brakes wet, apply them lightly
while driving until normal braking
operation returns.
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
affected.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.
5 47
Driving your vehicle
Driving off-road
Drive carefully off-road because your
vehicle may be damaged by rocks or
roots of trees. Become familiar with
the off-road conditions where you
are going to drive before you begin
driving.
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and
possible failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires
which may result in reduced traction
or tire failure.
Never exceed the maximum tire
inflation pressure shown on the tires.
5 48
WARNING - Under/over
inflated tires
Always check the tires for proper
inflation
before
driving.
Underinflated or overinflated
tires can cause poor handling,
loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading to accidents, injuries, and even death.
For proper tire pressures, refer to
“Tires and wheels” in section 8.
WARNING - Tire tread
Always check the tire tread
before driving your vehicle.
Worn-out tires can result in loss
of vehicle control. Worn-out tires
should be replaced as soon as
possible. For further information
and tread limits, refer to "Tires
and wheels" in section 7.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine
oil
High speed travel consumes more
fuel than urban motoring. Do not forget to check both the engine coolant
and engine oil.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
result in overheating of the engine.
Driving your vehicle
WINTER DRIVING
Snowy or icy conditions
1VQA3005
Severe weather conditions in the
winter result in greater wear and
other problems. To minimize the
problems of winter driving, you
should follow these suggestions:
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires
or to install tire chains on your tires.
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size
and type of the original equipment
tires. Failure to do so may adversely
affect the safety and handling of your
vehicle. Furthermore, speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake
applications, and sharp turns are
potentially very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
brake applications on snowy or icy
roads may cause skids to occur. You
need to keep sufficient distance
between the vehicle in operation in
front and your vehicle. Also, apply
the brake gently. It should be noted
that installing tire chains on the tire
will provide a greater driving force,
but will not prevent side skids.
Tire chains are not legal in all countrys. Check the country laws before
fitting tire chains.
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure they are radial tires of
the same size and load range as the
original tires. Mount snow tires on all
four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
handling in all weather conditions.
Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may
not be as high as your vehicle's original equipment tires. You should drive
cautiously even when the roads are
clear. Check with the tire dealer for
maximum speed recommendations.
Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
5 49
Driving your vehicle
When using tire chains, install them
on the front tires only.
CAUTION - Snow chains
1VQA3007
Tire chains
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner, they can be damaged by
mounting some types of snow chains
on them. Therefore, the use of snow
tires is recommended instead of
snow chains. Do not mount tire
chains on vehicles equipped with
aluminum wheels; snow chains may
cause damage to the wheels. If snow
chains must be used, use wire-type
chains with a thickness of less than
15 mm (0.59 in). Damage to your
vehicle caused by improper snow
chain use is not covered by your
vehicle manufacturers warranty.
5 50
Make sure the snow chains are
the correct size and type for
your tires. Incorrect snow
chains can cause damage to the
vehicle body and suspension
and may not be covered by your
vehicle manufacturer warranty.
• The snow chain connecting hooks
may be damaged from contacting
vehicle components causing the
snow chains to come loose from
the tire. Make sure the snow chains
are SAE class “S” certified.
• Always check chain installation for
proper mounting after driving
approximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5
to 1 km) to ensure safe mounting.
Retighten or remount the chains if
they are loose.
Chain installation
When installing chains, follow the
manufacturer's instructions and
mount them as tightly as you can.
Drive slowly with chains installed. If
you hear the chains contacting the
body or chassis, stop and tighten
them. If they still make contact, slow
down until it stops. Remove the
chains as soon as you begin driving
on cleared roads.
When mounting snow chains, park
the vehicle on level ground away
from traffic. Turn on the vehicle
Hazard Warning flashers and place a
triangular emergency warning device
behind the vehicle if available.
Driving your vehicle
• The use of chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling.
• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h)
or the chain manufacturer’s recommended speed limit, whichever is
lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other road
hazards, which may cause the
vehicle to bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel
braking.
CAUTION - Snow chains
• Chains that are the wrong size
or improperly installed can
damage your vehicle's brake
lines, suspension, body and
wheels.
• Stop driving and retighten the
chains any time you hear them
hitting the vehicle.
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
Change to "winter weight" oil
if necessary
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because
it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing. Be sure
to replace or replenish your coolant
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in section 7. Before winter,
have your coolant tested to assure
that its freezing point is sufficient for
the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
In some climates it is recommended
that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
oil be used during cold weather. See
section 8 for recommendations. If
you aren't sure what weight oil you
should use, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables as described
in section 7. The level of charge in
your battery can be checked by an
authorized Kia dealer or a service
station.
Check spark plugs and ignition system
Inspect your spark plugs as
described in section 7 and replace
them if necessary. Also check all
ignition wiring and components to be
sure they are not cracked, worn or
damaged in any way.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,
you may be able to thaw it out by
using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury.
5 51
Driving your vehicle
TRAILER TOWING
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add an
approved window washer anti-freeze
solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available from an
authorized Kia dealer and most auto
parts outlets. Do not use engine
coolant or other types of anti-freeze
as these may damage the paint finish.
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering. When
driving in severe winter conditions
where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
vehicle to be sure the movement of
the front wheels and the steering
components is not obstructed.
Don’t let your parking brake
freeze
Depending on the severity of the
weather, you should carry appropriate emergency equipment. Some of
the items you may want to carry
include tire chains, tow straps or
chains, flashlight, emergency flares,
sand, shovel, jumper cables, window
scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged
position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation
of snow or ice around or near the
rear brakes or if the brakes are wet.
If there is a risk the parking brake
may freeze, apply it only temporarily
while you put the gear shift lever in P
(Park, automatic transaxle) or in first
or reverse gear (manual transaxle)
and block the rear wheels so the
vehicle cannot roll. Then release the
parking brake.
5 52
Carry emergency equipment
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
■ Type A
■ Type D
Tire and loading information
label
The label located on the driver's door
sill gives the original tire size, cold
tire pressures recommended for your
vehicle, the number of people that
can be in your vehicle and vehicle
capacity weight.
■ Type B
■ Type C
OAM050200N/OAM050101L/OAM050102L
■ Type E
■ Type F
Vehicle capacity weight:
849 lbs. (385 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight
includes the tongue load.
Seating capacity:
Total : 5 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
OAM052201N/OAM052202N/OAM052203N
5 53
Driving your vehicle
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity:
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
Cargo capacity:
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants and the tongue load, if
your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
5 54
Steps for determining correct
load limit
1. Locate the statement "The combined
weight of occupants and cargo
should never exceed XXX kg or XXX
lbs.'' on your vehicle's placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the
driver and passengers from XXX kg
or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 1400
lbs. and there will be five 150 lbs.
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
Example 1
A
Example 2
B
C
A
Example 3
B
C190F01JM
Item
A
B
C
Description
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
Subtract Occupant
Weight
150 lbs (68 kg) × 2
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
Total
849 lbs
(385 kg)
C
A
B
C190F02JM
Item
A
300 lbs
(136 kg)
B
549 lbs
(249 kg)
C
Description
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
Subtract Occupant
Weight
150 lbs (68 kg) × 5
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
Total
849 lbs
(385 kg)
C
C190F03JM
Item
A
750 lbs
(340 kg)
B
99 lbs
(45 kg)
C
Description
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
Subtract Occupant
Weight
161 lbs (73 kg) × 5
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
Total
849 lbs
(385 kg)
805 lbs
(365 kg)
44 lbs
(20 kg)
Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight
and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's
capacity weight.
5 55
Driving your vehicle
To find out the actual loads on your
front and rear axles, you need to go
to a weigh station and weigh your
vehicle.Your dealer can help you with
this. Be sure to spread out your load
equally on both sides of the centerline.
WARNING - Over loading
OEN056020
Certification label
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center pillar.
This label shows the maximum
allowable weight of the fully loaded
vehicle. This is called the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
GVWR includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants, fuel and
cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
5 56
Never exceed the GVWR for
your vehicle, the GAWR for
either the front or rear axle and
vehicle
capacity
weight.
Exceeding these ratings can
affect your vehicle’s handling
and braking ability.
The label will help you decide how
much cargo and installed equipment
your vehicle can carry.
If you carry items inside your vehicle
- like suitcases, tools, packages, or
anything else - they are moving as
fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop
or turn quickly, or if there is a crash,
the items will keep going and can
cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.
WARNING - Over loading
Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your vehicle's tires and possible tire failure, increased stopping distances and poor vehicle handling--all of which may result in
a crash.
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause
damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.
WARNING - Loose cargo
Do not travel with unsecured
blunt objects in the passenger
compartment of your vehicle
(e.g. suit cases or unsecured
child seats). These items may
strike occupant during a sudden stop or crash.
5 57
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE WEIGHT
This section will guide you in the
proper loading of your vehicle and/or
trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle
weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer.
Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself
with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, with
or without a trailer, from the vehicle's
specifications and the certification
label:
Base curb weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle curb weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
5 58
Cargo weight
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross axle weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the certification label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
is shown on the certification label
located on the driver’s door sill.
Road warning / 6-2
In case of an emergency while driving / 6-3
If the engine will not start / 6-4
Emergency starting / 6-4
If the engine overheats / 6-7
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) / 6-8
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire) / 6-13
If you have a flat tire (with tire mobility kit) / 6-21
Towing / 6-27
What to do in an emergency
6
What to do in an emergency
ROAD WARNING
It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
Depress the flasher switch with the
ignition switch in any position. The
flasher switch is located in the center
console switch panel. All turn signal
lights will flash simultaneously.
OAM042039
Hazard warning flasher
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme
caution
when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
6 2
• The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
What to do in an emergency
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, set the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position and then push the
vehicle to a safe place.
If you have a flat tire while
driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
1.Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow
down while driving straight ahead.
Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road
as this may cause a loss of control.
When the vehicle has slowed to
such a speed that it is safe to do
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as
possible and park on a firm level
ground. If you are on a divided
highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.
2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn
on your emergency hazard flashers, set the parking brake and put
the transaxle in P (Park, automatic
transaxle) or reverse (manual
transaxle).
3.Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the car that is away from
traffic.
4.When changing a flat tire, follow
the instruction provided later in this
section.
If the engine stalls while driving
1. Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
2. Turn on your emergency flashers.
3. Try to start the engine again. If
your vehicle will not start, contact
an authorized Kia dealer or seek
other qualified assistance.
6 3
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
If engine doesn't turn over or
turns over slowly
If engine turns over normally
but does not start
1. If your car has an automatic
transaxle, be sure the shift lever is
in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the
emergency brake is set.
2. Check the battery connections to
be sure they are clean and tight.
3. Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is discharged.
4. Check the starter connections to
be sure they are securely tightened.
5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. See instructions for "Jump
starting".
1. Check the fuel level.
2. With the ignition switch in the
LOCK position, check all connectors at the ignition coils and spark
plugs. Reconnect any that may be
disconnected or loose.
3. Check the fuel line in the engine
compartment.
4. If the engine still does not start,
call an authorized Kia dealer or
seek other qualified assistance.
WARNING - Push/pull
start
Do not push or pull the vehicle
to start it. Push or pull starting
may cause the catalytic converter to overload and create a
fire hazard.
6 4
EMERGENCY STARTING
Jumper Cables
(-)
(+)
(-)
(+)
Booster
battery
Discharged
battery
1VQA4001
Connect cables in numerical order
and disconnect in reverse order.
What to do in an emergency
Jump starting
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid
harm to yourself or damage to your
vehicle or battery, follow these jump
starting procedures. If in doubt, we
strongly recommend that you have a
competent technician or towing service jump start your vehicle.
CAUTION - 12 volt
battery
Use only a 12-volt jumper system. You can damage a 12-volt
starting motor, ignition system,
and other electrical parts
beyond repair by use of a 24volt power supply (either two
12-volt batteries in series or a
24-volt motor generator set).
WARNING - Battery
Never attempt to check the electrolyte level of the battery as
this may cause the battery to
rupture or explode.
WARNING - Frozen
batteries
Do not attempt to jump start the
vehicle if the discharged battery
is frozen or if the electrolyte
level is low as the battery may
rupture or explode.
WARNING - Battery
Keep all flames or sparks away
from the battery. The battery
produces hydrogen gas which
will explode if exposed to flame
or sparks.
WARNING - Sulfuric
acid risk
When jump starting your vehicle be careful not to get acid on
yourself, your clothing or on the
vehicle. Automobile batteries
contain sulfuric acid. This is
poisonous and highly corrosive.
Jump starting procedure
Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM) batteries are maintenance-free and should
only be serviced by an authorized
Kia dealer. For charging your AGM
battery, use only fully automatic battery chargers that are specially
developed for AGM batteries.
When replacing the AGM battery,
use only the Kia genuine battery for
the ISG system.
✽ NOTICE
If the AGM battery is reconnected
or replaced, ISG function will not
operate immediately.
If you want to use the ISG function,
the battery sensor needs to be calibrated for approximately 4 hours
with the ignition off and then, turn
the engine on and off 2 or 3 times.
WARNING - AGM battery
cap
Do not open or remove the cap
on top of the battery. This may
cause the leak of dangerous
internal electrolytes.
6 5
What to do in an emergency
1. Make sure the booster battery is
12-volt and that its negative terminal is grounded.
2. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles
to come in contact.
3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loads.
4. Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one end of a
jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery (1),
then connect the other end to the
positive terminal of the booster
battery (2).
Proceed to connect one end of the
other jumper cable to the negative
terminal of the booster battery (3),
then the other end to a solid, stationary, metallic point (for example,
the engine lifting bracket) away
from the battery (4). Do not connect it to or near any part that
moves when the engine is cranked.
6 6
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct
battery terminals or the correct
ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections.
CAUTION - Battery
cables
Do not connect the jumper
cable from the negative terminal
of the booster battery to the
negative terminal of the discharged battery. This can cause
the discharged battery to overheat and crack, releasing battery acid.
5. Start the engine of the vehicle with
the booster battery and let it run at
2,000 rpm, then start the engine of
the vehicle with the discharged
battery.
If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, you should have
your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
Push-starting
Vehicles equipped with automatic
transaxle and manual transaxle vehicles equipped with clutch lock system cannot be push-started.
Follow the directions in this section
for jump-starting.
WARNING - Tow starting
vehicle
Never tow a vehicle to start it
because the sudden surge forward when the engine starts
could cause a collision with the
tow vehicle.
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss
of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine will probably be
too hot. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift lever in P (Park,
automatic transaxle) or Neutral
(manual transaxle) and set the
parking brake. If the air conditioning is on, turn it off.
3. If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is coming out from underneath the hood,
stop the engine. Do not open the
hood until the coolant has stopped
running or the steaming has
stopped. If there is no visible loss
of engine coolant and no steam,
leave the engine running and
check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not
running, turn the engine off.
4. Check to see if the water pump
drive belt is missing. If it is not
missing, check to see that it is
tight. If the drive belt seems to be
satisfactory, check for coolant
leaking from the radiator, hoses or
under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining
from it when you stop).
WARNING - Under the
hood
While the engine is running,
keep hair, hands and clothing
away from moving parts such
as the fan and drive belts.
5. If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking
out, stop the engine immediately
and call the nearest authorized
Kia dealer for assistance.
WARNING - Radiator
cap
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. This
may result in coolant being
blown out of the opening and
cause serious burns.
6.If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost,
carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the
reservoir up to the halfway mark.
7.Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again,
call an authorized Kia dealer for
assistance.
Serious loss of coolant indicates
there is a leak in the cooling system
and this should be checked as soon
as possible by an authorized Kia
dealer.
6 7
What to do in an emergency
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
Low tire pressure telltale /
TPMS malfunction indicator
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the
proper tire inflation pressure for
those tires.)
6 8
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should
stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and
may affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not
reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with
the low tire pressure telltale. When
the system detects a malfunction,
the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction
indicator is illuminated, the system
may not be able to detect or signal
low tire pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function properly.
What to do in an emergency
If the TPMS, Low Tire Pressure indicator do not illuminate for 3 seconds
when the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position or engine is running,
or if they remain illuminated after
coming on for approximately 3 seconds, take your car to your nearest
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
Low tire pressure telltale
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are illuminated, one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated.
If the telltale illuminates, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and
check your tires as soon as possible.
Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle’s
placard or tire inflation pressure label
located on the driver’s side center pillar outer panel. If you cannot reach a
service station or if the tire cannot
hold the newly added air, replace the
low pressure tire with the spare tire.
Then the TPMS malfunction indicator
and the Low Tire Pressure telltale
may turn on and illuminate after
restarting and about 20 minutes of
continuous driving before you have
the low pressure tire repaired and
replaced on the vehicle.
In winter or cold weather, the low tire
pressure telltale may be illuminated if
the tire pressure was adjusted to the
recommended tire inflation pressure
in warm weather. It does not mean
your TPMS is malfunctioning
because the decreased temperature
leads to a proportional lowering of
tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle from a
warm area to a cold area or from a
cold area to a warm area, or the outside temperature is greatly higher or
lower, you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to
the recommended tire inflation pressure.
6 9
What to do in an emergency
WARNING
- Low pressure damage
Do not drive on low pressure
tires. Significantly low tire pressure can cause the tires to overheat and fail making the vehicle
unstable resulting in increased
braking distances and a loss of
vehicle control.
6 10
TPMS (Tire Pressure
Monitoring System)
malfunction indicator
The low tire pressure telltale will illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System. If the system is able to correctly detect an underinflation warning at the same time as system failure then it will illuminate both the
TPMS malfunction and low tire pressure telltales e.g. if Front Left sensor
fails, the TPMS malfunction indicator
illuminates, but if the Front Right,
Rear Left, or Rear Right tire is underinflated, the low tire pressure telltales
may illuminate together with the
TPMS malfunction indicator.
Have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible to determine the cause of
the problem.
• The TPMS malfunction indicator
may be illuminated if the vehicle is
moving around electric power supply cables or radios transmitter
such as at police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations,
airports, or transmitting towers,
etc. This can interfere with normal
operation of the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS).
• The TPMS malfunction indicator
may be illuminated if snow chains
are used or some separate electronic devices such as notebook
computer, mobile charger, remote
starter or navigation etc., are used
in the vehicle. This can interfere
with normal operation of the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS).
What to do in an emergency
Changing a tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure telltale will come on. Have
the flat tire repaired by an authorized
Kia dealer as soon as possible or
replace the flat tire with the spare
tire.
CAUTION
Never use a puncture-repairing
agent not approved by Kia to
repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire. The tire sealant not
approved by Kia may damage
the tire pressure sensor. The
sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel shall be eliminated when you replace the tire
with a new one.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem. You must
use TPMS specific wheels. It is recommended that you always have
your tires serviced by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Even if you replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire
Pressure telltale will remain on until
the low pressure tire is repaired and
placed on the vehicle.
After you replace the low pressure
tire with the new tire with TPMS, the
TPMS malfunction indicator may illuminate after a few minutes because
the TPMS sensor mounted on the
spare wheel is not initiated.
Once the low pressure tire is reinflated to the recommended pressure
and installed on the vehicle or the
TPMS sensor mounted on the
replaced spare wheel is initiated by
an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS
malfunction indicator and the low tire
pressure telltale will extinguish within
a few minutes of driving.
If the indicator is not extinguished
after a few minutes of driving, please
visit an authorized Kia dealer.
If a original mounted tire is replaced
with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor
on the replaced spare wheel should
be initiated and the TPMS sensor on
the original mounted wheel should
be deactivated. If the TPMS sensor
on the original mounted wheel located in the spare tire carrier still activates, the tire pressure monitoring
system may not operate properly.
Have the tire with TPMS serviced or
replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.
6 11
What to do in an emergency
You may not be able identify a low
tire by simply looking at it. Always
use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to measure the tire's inflation
pressure. Please note that a tire that
is hot (from being driven) will have a
higher pressure measurement than a
tire that is cold (from sitting stationary for at least 3 hours and driven
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that
3 hour period).
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
recommended pressure.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3
hour period.
6 12
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors such as
nails or road debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator, apply the brakes gradually and with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the
road.
✽ NOTICE
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) components may
interfere with the system's ability to
warn the driver of low tire pressure
conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying,
or disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) components may void the warranty for
that portion of the vehicle.
This device complies with Part
15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE, IF EQUIPPED)
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
To prevent the jack from “rattling”
while the vehicle is in motion, store it
properly.
Follow jacking instructions to reduce
the possibility of personal injury.
WARNING - Changing
OAM069002
Jack and tools
The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nut
wrench are stored in the luggage
compartment. Pull up the luggage
box cover to reach this equipment.
(1) Jack handle
(2) Jack
(3) Wheel lug nut wrench
tires
Never attempt vehicle repairs in
the traffic lanes of a public road
or highway.
• Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire.
The jack should be used on a firm
level ground. If you cannot find a
firm, level place off the road, call a
towing service company for assistance.
• Be sure to use the correct front and
rear jacking positions on the vehicle; never use the bumpers or any
other part of the vehicle for jacking
support.
WARNING - Jack
Do not place any portion of your
body under a vehicle that is
only supported by a jack since
the vehicle can easily roll off the
jack. Use vehicle support
stands.
6 13
What to do in an emergency
• Do not allow anyone to remain in
the vehicle while it is on the jack.
• Make sure any children present
are in a secure place away from
the road and from the vehicle to be
raised with the jack.
WARNING
- Running vehicle on jack
Do not start or run the engine of
the vehicle while the vehicle is
on the jack as this may cause
the vehicle to fall off the jack.
OAM069008
Removing and storing the
spare tire
Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise.
Store the tire in the reverse order of
removal.
To prevent the spare tire and tools
from “rattling” while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
6 14
1VQA4022
Changing tires
1. Park on a level surface and apply
the parking brake firmly.
2. Place the transaxle shift lever in R
(Reverse) with manual transaxle or
P (Park) with automatic transaxle.
3. Activate the hazard warning flasher.
What to do in an emergency
• To prevent vehicle movement while
changing a tire, always set the
parking brake fully, and always
block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed.
• We recommend that the wheels of
the vehicle be blocked, and that no
person remain in a vehicle that is
being jacked.
1VQA4023
OAM069001
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, jack handle, and spare tire
from the vehicle.
5. Block both the front and rear of the
wheel that is diagonally opposite
from the jack position.
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any nut until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
6 15
What to do in an emergency
OCM054013
OAM069009
7. Place the jack at the front or rear
jacking position closest to the tire
you are changing. Place the jack
at the designated locations under
the frame.
8. Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire just clears the
ground. This measurement is
approximately 1 in. (30 mm).
Before removing the wheel lug
nuts, make sure the vehicle is stable and that there is no chance for
movement or slippage.
6 16
9. Loosen the wheel nuts and
remove them with your fingers.
Slide the wheel off the studs and
lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To
put the wheel on the hub, pick up
the spare tire, line up the holes
with the studs and slide the wheel
onto them. If this is difficult, tip the
wheel slightly and get the top hole
in the wheel lined up with the top
stud. Then jiggle the wheel back
and forth until the wheel can slide
over the other studs.
What to do in an emergency
Wheels may have sharp edges.
Handle them carefully to avoid possible injury. Before putting the wheel
into place, be sure that there is nothing on the hub or wheel (such as
mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that prevents
with the wheel from fitting solidly
against the hub.
WARNING - Installing a
wheel
Make sure the wheel makes
good contact with the hub when
installed. If the contact of the
mounting surface between the
wheel and hub is not good, the
wheel nuts could come loose
and cause the loss of a wheel.
Loss of a wheel may result in
loss of control of the vehicle.
10. To install the wheel, hold it on the
studs, put the wheel nuts on the
studs and tighten them finger
tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is
completely seated, then tighten
the nuts as much as possible
with your fingers again.
11. Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the wheel nut wrench
counterclockwise.
OUN047019
Then position the wrench as shown
in the drawing and tighten the wheel
nuts. Be sure the socket is seated
completely over the nut. Do not stand
on the wrench handle or use an
extension pipe over the wrench handle. Go around the wheel tightening
every nut following the numerical
sequence shown in the image until
they are all tight. Then double-check
each nut for tightness. After changing
wheels, have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their
proper torque as soon as possible.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
65~79 lb·ft (9~11 kg·m)
6 17
What to do in an emergency
If you have a tire gauge, remove the
valve cap and check the air pressure.
If the pressure is lower than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest
service station and inflate to the correct pressure. If it is too high, adjust
it until it is correct. Always reinstall
the valve cap after checking or
adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap
is not replaced, dust and dirt may get
into the tire valve and air may leak
from the tire. If you lose a valve cap,
buy another and install it as soon as
possible.
After you have changed the wheels,
always secure the flat tire in its place
and return the jack and tools to their
proper storage locations.
CAUTION - Reducing lug
nuts
Make certain during wheel
removal that the same nuts that
were removed are reinstalled or, if replaced, that nuts with
metric threads and the same
chamfer configuration are used.
Your vehicle has metric threads
on the wheel studs and nuts.
Installation of a non-metric
thread nut on a metric stud will
not secure the wheel to the hub
properly and will damage the
stud so that it must be replaced.
Note that most lug nuts do not have
metric threads. Be sure to use
extreme care in checking for thread
style before installing aftermarket lug
nuts or wheels. If in doubt, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
6 18
WARNING - Wheel studs
Do not drive your vehicle with
damaged wheel studs. If the
studs are damaged, they may
lose their ability to retain the
wheel. This could lead to the
loss of the wheel and a collision.
To prevent the jack, jack handle,
wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire
from rattling while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
Check the inflation pressures as
soon as possible after installing the
spare tire. Adjust it to the specified
pressure, if necessary. Refer to
“Tires and wheels” in section 8.
What to do in an emergency
Important - use of compact spare
tire (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a compact spare tire. This compact spare
tire takes up less space than a regular-size tire. This tire is smaller than a
conventional tire and is designed for
temporary use only.
• You should drive carefully when
the compact spare is in use. The
compact spare should be replaced
by the proper conventional tire and
rim at the first opportunity.
• The operation of this vehicle is not
recommended with more than one
compact spare tire in use at the
same time.
WARNING - Spare tire
Do not operate your vehicle on
this compact spare at speeds
over 50 mph (80 km/h). The
compact spare tire is for emergency use only. The original tire
should be repaired or replaced
as soon as is possible to avoid
failure of the spare.
The compact spare should be inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
Check the inflation pressure after
installing the spare tire. Adjust it to
the specified pressure, as necessary.
When using a compact spare tire,
observe the following precautions:
• Under no circumstances should
you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a
higher speed could damage the
tire.
• Ensure that you drive slowly
enough for the road conditions to
avoid all hazards. Any road hazard,
such as a pothole or debris, could
seriously damage the compact
spare.
• Any continuous road use of this tire
could result in tire failure, loss of
vehicle control, and possible personal injury.
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maximum load rating or the load-carrying capacity shown on the sidewall
of the compact spare tire.
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is
smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately 1
inch (25 mm), which could result in
damage to the vehicle.
6 19
What to do in an emergency
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic car wash while the compact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use tire chains on the compact spare tire. Because of the
smaller size, a tire chain will not fit
properly. This could damage the
vehicle and result in loss of the
chain.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life
is shorter than a regular tire.
Inspect your compact spare tire
regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size
and design, mounted on the same
wheel.
6 20
• The compact spare tire should not
be used on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow tires,
wheel covers or trim rings be used
with the compact spare wheel. If
such use is attempted, damage to
these items or other car components may occur.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
• Do not tow a trailer while the compact spare tire is installed.
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (TIRE MOBILITY KIT, IF EQUIPPED)
CAUTION - One sealant
for one tire
When two or more tires are flat,
do not use the tire mobility kit
because the supported one
sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is
only used for one flat tire.
OAM060013L
For safe operation, carefully read
and follow the instructions in this
manual before use.
(1) Compressor
(2) Sealant bottle
The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary
fix to the tire and the tire should be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING - Tire wall
Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit
to repair punctures in the tire
walls. This can result in an accident due to tire failure.
WARNING - Temporary fix
Have your tire repaired as soon
as possible. The tire may loose
air pressure at any time after
inflating with the Tire Mobility
Kit.
OAM060014L
Introduction
With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay
mobile even after experiencing a tire
puncture.
The system of compressor and sealing compound effectively and comfortably seals most punctures in a
passenger car tire caused by nails
or similar objects and reinflates the
tire.
After you ensured that the tire is
properly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire (distance up to 200
km (120 miles)) at a max. speed of
(80 km/h) in order to reach a service
station or tire dealer for the tire
replacement.
6 21
What to do in an emergency
It is possible that some tires, especially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewall, cannot be sealed
completely.
Air pressure loss in the tire may
adversely affect tire performance.
For this reason, you should avoid
abrupt steering or other driving
maneuvers, especially if the vehicle
is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in
use.
The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed
or intended as a permanent tire
repair method and is to be used for
one tire only.
This instruction shows you step by
step how to temporarily seal the
puncture simply and reliably.
Read the section "Notes on the safe
use of the Tire Mobility Kit".
6 22
Notes on the safe use of the
Tire Mobility Kit
• Park your car at the side of the
road so that you can work with the
Tire Mobility Kit away from moving
traffic.
• To be sure your vehicle will not
move, even when you're on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake.
• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for
sealing/inflation passenger car
tires. Only punctured areas located
within the tread region of the tire
can be sealed using the tire mobility kit.
• Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles or any other type of tires.
• When the tire and wheel are damaged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit
for your safety.
• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not
be effective for tire damage larger
than approximately 0.24 in (6 mm).
Please contact the nearest Kia
dealership if the tire cannot be
made roadworthy with the Tire
Mobility Kit.
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a
tire is severely damaged by driving
run flat or with insufficient air pressure.
• Do not remove any foreign objects
such as nails or screws that have
penetrated the tire.
• Provided the car is outdoors, leave
the engine running. Otherwise
operating the compressor may
eventually drain the car battery.
• Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit
unattended while it is being used.
• Do not leave the compressor running for more than 10 min. at a time
or it may overheat.
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if
the ambient temperature is below 22°F (-30°C).
What to do in an emergency
9. Hose to connect compressor and
sealant bottle or compressor and
wheel
Connectors, cable and connection
hose are stored in the compressor
housing.
WARNING - Expired
sealant
Do not use the Tire sealant after
the sealant has expired (i.e.
pasted the expiration date on
the sealant container). This can
increase the risk of tire failure.
WARNING - Sealant
OAM060015L
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit
0. Speed restriction label
1. Sealant bottle and label with
speed restriction
2. Filling hose from sealant bottle to
wheel
3. Connectors and cable for the
power outlet direct connection
4. Holder for the sealant bottle
5. Compressor
6. On/off switch
7. Pressure gauge for displaying the
tire inflation pressure
8. Screw cap for reducing tire inflation pressure
• Keep out of reach of children.
• Avoid contact with eyes.
• Do not swallow.
Strictly
follow
the
specified
sequence, otherwise the sealant
may escape under high pressure.
6 23
What to do in an emergency
Using the Tire Mobility Kit
1. Detach the speed restriction label
(0) from the sealant bottle (1), and
place it in a highly visible place
inside the vehicle such as on the
steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast.
2. Screw connection hose (9) onto
the connector of the sealant bottle.
3. Ensure that screw cap (8) is
closed.
4. Unscrew the valve cap from the
valve of the defective wheel and
screw filling hose (2) of the sealant
bottle onto the valve.
5. Insert the sealant bottle into the
housing (4) of the compressor so
that the bottle is upright.
6 24
CAUTION - Tire pressure
Do not attempt to drive your
vehicle if the tire pressure is
below 29 PSI(200kpa). This
could result in an accident due
to sudden tire failure.
OAM060014L
6. Ensure that the compressor is
switched off, position 0.
7. Plug the compressor power cord
into the vehicle power outlet.
8. With the engine start/stop button
position on or ignition switch position on, switch on the compressor
and let it run for approximately 5~7
minutes to fill the sealant up to
proper pressure. (refer to the Tire
and Wheels, chapter 8). The inflation pressure of the tire after filling
is unimportant and will be
checked/corrected later.
Be careful not to overinflate the tire
and stay away from the tire when
filling it.
9. Switch off the compressor.
10. Detach the hoses from the
sealant bottle connector and
from the tire valve.
Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its storage location in the vehicle.
WARNING - Carbon
monoxide
Do not leave your vehicle running in a poorly ventilated area
for extended periods of time.
Carbon monoxide poisoning
and suffocation can occur.
What to do in an emergency
Distributing the sealant
11. Immediately drive approximately
4~6miles (7~10km or, about
10min) to evenly distribute the
sealant in the tire.
Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph
(80 km/h). If possible, do not fall
below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).
While driving, if you experience any
unusual vibration, ride disturbance or
noise, reduce your speed and drive
with caution until you can safely pull
off of the side of the road.
Call for road side service or towing.
When you use the Tire Mobility Kit,
the tire pressure sensors and wheel
may be damaged by sealant, remove
the sealant stained with tire pressure
sensors and wheel and inspect in
authorized dealer.
Checking the tire inflation pressure
1.After driving approximately 4
~6miles(7~10km or about 10min),
stop at a safety location.
2.Connect connection hose (9) of the
compressor directly to the tire
valve.
3.Plug the compressor power cord
into the vehicle power outlet.
4.Adjust the tire inflation pressure to
the recommended tire inflation.
With the ignition switched on, proceed as follows.
- To increase the inflation pressure : Switch on the compressor,
position I. To check the current
inflation pressure setting, briefly
switch off the compressor.
✽ NOTICE
The pressure gauge may show higher than actual reading when the
compressor is running. To get an
accurate tire pressure, the compressor needs to be turned off.
- To reduce the inflation pressure: Loosen the screw cap (8)
on the compressor hose.
6 25
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION - Tire pressure
sensor
When you use the Tire Mobility
Kit including sealant not
approved by Kia, the tire pressure sensors may be damaged
by sealant. The sealant on the
tire pressure sensor and wheel
should be removed when you
replace the tire with a new one
and inspect the tire pressure
sensors in authorized dealer.
6 26
Technical Data
System voltage: DC 12 V
Working voltage: DC 10 - 15 V
Amperage rating: max. 15 A
Suitable for use at temperatures:
-22 ~ +158°F (-30 ~ +70°C)
Max. working pressure:
87 psi (6 bar)
Size
Compressor: 6.6 x 5.9 x 2.7 in.
(168 x 150 x 68 mm)
Sealant bottle: 4.1 x ø 3.3 in.
(104 x ø 85 mm)
Compressor weight:
2.31 lbs (1.05 kg)
Sealant volume:
18.3 cu. in. (300 ml)
What to do in an emergency
TOWING
dolly
For trailer towing guidelines information, refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle
with the rear wheels on the ground
(without dollies) and the front wheels
off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged
or the vehicle is being towed with the
front wheels on the ground, use a
towing dolly under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear.
OPA067017
OPA067015
OPA067016
Towing service
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting
and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or
flatbed is recommended.
CAUTION - Towing
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
• Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on
the ground as this may cause
damage to the vehicle.
6 27
What to do in an emergency
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies :
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC
position.
2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
CAUTION - Towing gear
position
Always place the transaxle shift
lever in Neutral (N) when towing
your vehicle. Failure to place the
transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral) may cause internal
damage to the transaxle.
6 28
OAM062010
OAM062011
Removable towing hook (front)
(if equipped)
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is
fully secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and
install the cover after use.
1. Remove the towing hook from the
tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing
the lower part of the cover on the
front bumper.
What to do in an emergency
Front
OAM062011
Rear (if equipped)
OAM069012L
Emergency towing
If towing is necessary, we recommend you to have it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or
chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front (or rear) of
the vehicle. Use extreme caution
when towing the vehicle. A driver
must be in the vehicle to steer it and
operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speeds.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a
vehicle out of mud, sand or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
power.
• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than
the vehicle doing the towing.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other frequently.
• Attach a towing strap to the tow
hook.
• Using a portion of the vehicle other
than the tow hooks for towing may
damage the body of your vehicle.
• Only use a cable or chain specifically intended for use in towing
vehicles. Securely fasten the cable
or chain to the towing hook provided.
• Before emergency towing, check
that the hook is not broken or damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply it
steadily and with even force.
• To avoid damaging the hook, do
not pull from the side or at a vertical angle. Always pull straight
ahead.
6 29
What to do in an emergency
OPA067014
• Use a towing strap less than 16
feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or
red cloth (about 12 inches (30 cm)
wide) in the middle of the strap for
easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so that the towing
strap is not loose during towing.
6 30
Emergency towing precautions
• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so
the steering wheel isn’t locked.
• Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
• Release the parking bake.
• Press the brake pedal with more
force than usual since you will have
reduced brake performance.
• More steering effort will be
required because the power steering system will be disabled.
• If you are driving down a long hill,
the brakes may overheat and brake
performance will be reduced. Stop
often and let the brakes cool off.
• If the car is being towed with all
four wheels on the ground, it can
be towed only from the front. Be
sure that the transaxle is in neutral.
Be sure the steering is unlocked by
placing the ignition switch in the
ACC position. A driver must be in
the towed vehicle to operate the
steering and brakes.
CAUTION - Automatic
transaxle
• To avoid serious damage to
the automatic transaxle, limit
the vehicle speed to 15 km/h
(10 mph) and drive less than
1.5 km (1 mile) when towing.
• Before towing, check the level
of the automatic transaxle
fluid. If it is below the "HOT"
range on the dipstick, add
fluid. If you cannot add fluid, a
towing dolly must be used.
What to do in an emergency
OAM060017L
Tie-down hook (for flatbed
towing, if equipped)
CAUTION - Tie-down
hooks
Do not use the hooks under the
rear of the vehicle for towing
purposes. These hooks are
designed ONLY for transport tiedown. If the tie-down hooks are
used for towing, the tie-down
hooks or rear bumper will be
damaged.
6 31
Engine compartment / 7-2
Maintenance services / 7-4
Owner maintenance / 7-6
Scheduled maintenance service / 7-8
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-22
Engine oil / 7-26
Engine coolant / 7-28
Brake/clutch fluid / 7-31
Washer fluid / 7-32
Parking brake / 7-33
Air cleaner / 7-34
Wiper blades / 7-35
Battery / 7-38
Tires and wheels / 7-41
Fuses / 7-55
Light bulbs / 7-67
Maintenance
Appearance care / 7-78
Emission control system / 7-84
California perchlorate notice / 7-88
7
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ 1.6L
1. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Engine oil dipstick
4. Engine coolant reservoir
5. Radiator cap
6. Brake fluid reservoir
7. Positive battery terminal
8. Negative battery terminal
9. Fuse box
10. Air cleaner
* if equipped
* The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OAM012003
7 2
Maintenance
■ 2.0L
1. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Engine oil dipstick
4. Engine coolant reservoir
5. Radiator cap
6. Brake fluid reservoir
7. Positive battery terminal
8. Negative battery terminal
9. Fuse box
10. Air cleaner
* if equipped
* The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OAM072100L
7 3
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.
Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of
your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have an authorized
Kia dealer perform this work.
An authorized Kia dealer has factory
trained technicians and genuine Kia
parts to service your vehicle properly. For expert advice and quality service, see an authorized Kia dealer.
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that
could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or personal injury.
7 4
Owner’s responsibility
✽ NOTICE
Maintenance Service and Record
Retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is
provided in your Warranty &
Consumer Information manual.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer. An authorized
Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service
quality standards and receives technical support from Kia in order to provide you with a high level of service
satisfaction.
Maintenance
Owner maintenance precautions
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This section gives
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform.
As explained earlier in this section,
several procedures can be done only
by an authorized Kia dealer with special tools.
✽ NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Warranty & Consumer
Information manual provided with
the vehicle. If you're unsure about
any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized
Kia dealer.
WARNING
- Maintenance work
Do not wear jewelry or loose
clothing while working under
the hood of your vehicle with
the engine running. These can
become entangled in moving
parts, if you must run the
engine while working under the
hood, make certain that you
remove all jewelry (especially
rings, bracelets, watches, and
necklaces) and all neckties,
scarves, and similar loose
clothing before getting near the
engine or cooling fans.
7 5
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized Kia dealer at the frequencies
indicated to help ensure safe,
dependable operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance Checks
are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.
7 6
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check the coolant level in the
coolant reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Look for low or under-inflated tires.
WARNING - Hot coolant
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot
coolant and steam may blow
out under pressure.
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of
the exhaust or any smell of
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straightahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or “pulls” to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
• When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transaxle occurs,
check the transaxle fluid level.
• Check the automatic transaxle P
(Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
Maintenance
At least monthly:
• Check the coolant level in the
engine coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare.
At least twice a year
(i.e., every Spring and Fall):
• Check the radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or
damage.
• Check the windshield washer
spray and wiper operation. Clean
the wiper blades with clean cloth
dampened with washer fluid.
• Check the headlight alignment.
• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for
wear and function.
• Check for worn tires and loose
wheel lug nuts.
At least once a year:
• Clean the body and door drain
holes.
• Lubricate the door hinges and
checks, and hood hinges.
• Lubricate the door and hood locks
and latches.
• Lubricate the door rubber weatherstrips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Check the power steering fluid
level.
• Inspect and lubricate the automatic transaxle linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake/clutch fluid level.
7 7
Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE
Follow the Normal Maintenance
Schedule if the vehicle is usually
operated where none of the following
conditions apply. If any of the following
conditions
apply,
follow
the
Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions.
• Repeated short distance driving.
• Driving in dusty conditions or
sandy areas.
• Extensive use of brakes.
• Driving in areas where salt or other
corrosive materials are being used.
• Driving on rough or muddy roads.
• Driving in mountainous areas.
• Extended periods of idling or low
speed operation.
• Driving for a prolonged period in
cold temperatures and/or extremely humid climates.
• More than 50% driving in heavy
city traffic during hot weather
above 90°F (32°C).
7 8
If your vehicle is operated under the
above conditions, you should
inspect, replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal
Maintenance Schedule. After 120
months or 150,000 miles continue to
follow the prescribed maintenance
intervals.
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep
receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
*1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or
timing belt.
*2 Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be
maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on
fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters
like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard
starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately
regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an
authorized Kia dealer for details.
*3 Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary.
*4 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur
or tension is reduced excessively.
*5 When replacing coolant, use only a qualified coolant
additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in
the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant
mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine
damage.
*6 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one
bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
7 9
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
7,500 miles or 6 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Add fuel additive *6
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect visually the following items.
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch(if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads(if equipped)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
11) Lubricate all locks and hinges
12) Parking brakes
13) Steering operation and linkage
14) Suspension mounting bolts
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
(Continued)
7 10
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
15,000 miles or 12 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Add fuel additive *6
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch(if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads(if equipped)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
11) Lubricate all locks and hinges
12) Parking brakes
13) Steering operation and linkage
14) Suspension mounting bolts
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
(Continued)
7 11
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
30,000 miles or 24 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect fuel filter *
2
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *
2
❑ Add fuel additive *6
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)
(Every 37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 48 months)
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
11) Lubricate all locks and hinges
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
(Continued)
7 12
12) Parking brakes
13) Steering operation and linkage
14) Suspension mounting bolts
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
(Continued)
45,000 miles or 36 months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Add fuel additive *6 (Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
11) Lubricate all locks and hinges
12) Parking brakes
13) Steering operation and linkage
14) Suspension mounting bolts
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
(Continued)
7 13
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
60,000 miles or 48 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect drive belt *4
(First, 60,000 miles or 72 months
after every 15,000 miles or 24 months)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
11) Lubricate all locks and hinges
12) Parking brakes
13) Steering operation and linkage
14) Suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2
❑ Inspect valve clearance (Engine 1.6) *3
❑ Add fuel additive *6
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
(Continued)
7 14
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
75,000 miles or 60 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect drive belt *4
(First 60,000 miles or 72 months after
every 15,000 miles or 24 months)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
11) Lubricate all locks and hinges
12) Parking brakes
13) Steering operation and linkage
14) Suspension mounting bolts
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)
(Every 37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 48 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *6
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
(Continued)
7 15
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
90,000 miles or 72 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect drive belt *4
(First 60,000 miles or 72 months after
every 15,000 miles or 24 months)
Lubricate all locks and hinges
Parking brakes
Steering operation and linkage
Suspension mounting bolts
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2
❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection
❑ Add fuel additive *6
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *
2
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
(Continued)
7 16
11)
12)
13)
14)
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
105,000 miles or 84 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
11)
12)
13)
14)
Lubricate all locks and hinges
Parking brakes
Steering operation and linkage
Suspension mounting bolts
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect drive belt *4
(First 60,000 miles or 72 months after
every 15,000 miles or 24 months)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Add fuel additive *6
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)
(Every 37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 48 months)
❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated),
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
(Continued)
7 17
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
120,000 miles or 96 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
Lubricate all locks and hinges
Parking brakes
Steering operation and linkage
Suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect drive belt *4
(First 60,000 miles or 72 months after
every 15,000 miles or 24 months)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect fuel filter *
❑ Replace engine coolant*5
(First, 120,000 miles or 120 months
after every 30,000 miles or 24 months)
2
❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect valve clearance (Engine 1.6) *3
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Add fuel additive *6 (Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
(Continued)
7 18
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
135,000 miles or 108 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Add fuel additive *6
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect drive belt *
(First 60,000 miles or 72 months after
every 15,000 miles or 24 months)
4
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
11) Lubricate all locks and hinges
12) Parking brakes
13) Steering operation and linkage
14) Suspension mounting bolts
(Continued)
7 19
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
150,000 miles or 120 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect drive belt *4
(First 60,000 miles or 72 months after
every 15,000 miles or 24 months)
8) Exhaust pipe and muffler
9) Front suspension ball joints
10) Fuel tank, cap, lines and hoses
11) Lubricate all locks and hinges
12) Parking brakes
13) Steering operation and linkage
14) Suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection
❑ Replace engine coolant *5
(First 120,000 miles or 120 months
after every 30,000 miles or 24 months)
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *
2
❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)
(Every 37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 48 months)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Add fuel additive *6
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect visually the following items
1) Battery condition
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
6) Drum brake and linings (if equipped)
7) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
(Continued)
No check, No service required
❑ Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)
7 20
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace
I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
ENGINE OIL AND FILTER
R
EVERY 3,750 miles OR 6 months
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K
AIR CLEANER FILTER
R
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, E
SPARK PLUGS
R
MORE FREQUENTLY
A, B, H, I, K
DISC BRAKE/ PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS
I
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, D, G, H
REAR BRAKE DRUMS/ LININGS, PARKING BRAKE
I
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, D, G, H
I
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, D, E, F, G, H, I
DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS
I
EVERY 7,500 miles OR 6 months
C, D, E, F, G, H
MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL
R
EVERY 80,000 miles
A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
R
EVERY 60,000 miles
A, C, E, F, G, H, I
R
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, E
STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/ LOWER
ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BSALL JOINT
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
(FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)
SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS
A - Repeatedly driving shorts distanse of less than 5miles in normal
temperature or less than 10miles in freezing temperature
B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads
D - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very
cold weather
E - Driving in sandy areas
F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)
G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road
H - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing
J - Driving over 100 MPH
K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
7 21
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Engine oil and filter
Fuel filter (cartridge)
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the
vehicle is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter
changes are required.
A clogged filter can limit the speed at
which the vehicle may be driven,
damage the emission system and
cause multiple issues such as hard
starting. If an excessive amount of
foreign matter accumulates in the
fuel tank, the filter may require
replacement more frequently.
After installing a new filter, run the
engine for several minutes, and
check for leaks at the connections.
Fuel filters should be installed by an
authorized Kia dealer.
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule. Make sure that a new
vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and damage. Have an authorized Kia dealer
replace any damaged or leaking
parts immediately.
7 22
Maintenance
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and/or mechanical
damage. Hard and brittle rubber,
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and
excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Particular attention should be
paid to examine those hose surfaces
nearest to high heat sources, such
as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure
that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source, sharp
edges or moving component which
might cause heat damage or
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are
secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced
immediately if there is any evidence
of deterioration or damage.
Air cleaner filter
Coolant
A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is
recommended when the filter is
replaced.
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
Spark plugs
Manual transaxle fluid
(if equipped)
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
Valve clearance (for 1.6 Engine)
Inspect for excessive valve noise
and/or engine vibration and adjust if
necessary. An authorized Kia dealer
should perform the operation.
Cooling system
Check the cooling system components, such as the radiator, coolant
reservoir, hoses and connections for
leakage and damage. Replace any
damaged parts.
Inspect the manual transaxle fluid
according to the maintenance schedule.
Automatic transaxle fluid
(if equipped)
Automatic transaxle fluid should not
be checked under normal usage
conditions.
But in severe conditions, the fluid
should be changed at an authorized
Kia dealer
in accordance to the
scheduled maintenance at the beginning of this section.
7 23
Maintenance
✽ NOTICE
Brake hoses and lines
Automatic transaxle fluid color is
basically red.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic transaxle fluid will begin to
look darker.
It is normal condition and you
should not judge the need to replace
the fluid based upon the changed
color.
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transaxle malfunction
and failure.
Use only specified automatic
transaxle
fluid.
(Refer
to
“Recommended lubricants and
capacities” in section 8.)
Check the rear brake drums and linings for scoring, burning, leaking
fluid, broken parts, and excessive
wear.
Brake/Clutch (if equipped)
fluid
Exhaust pipe and muffler
Check the brake fluid level in the
brake fluid reservoir. The level should
be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks
on the side of the reservoir. Use only
hydraulic brake fluid conforming to
DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the
engine and listen carefully for any
exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake pedal
and cables.
Brake discs, pads, calipers
and rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and
calipers for fluid leakage.
7 24
Rear brake drums and linings
(if equipped)
Suspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
Maintenance
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and engine
off, check for excessive free-play in
the steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball
joints for deterioration, cracks, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
7 25
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
■ Engine 1.6
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a
few minutes (about 5 minutes) for
the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and re-insert it fully.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level. The level should
be between F and L.
OAM072001
■ Engine 2.0
WARNING - Radiator
hose
■ Engine 1.6
OAM072003
■ Engine 2.0
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may
be hot enough to burn you.
CAUTION - Replace
engine oil
OAM072101L
Checking the engine oil level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Start the engine and allow it to
reach normal operating temperature.
7 26
Do not overfill the engine oil.
Engine damage may result.
OAM072102L
If it is near or at L, add enough oil to
bring the level to F. Do not overfill.
Use a funnel to help prevent oil
from being spilled on engine components.
Maintenance
Use only the specified engine oil.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants
and capacities” in section 8.)
Changing the engine oil and
filter
Have engine oil and filter changed by
an authorized Kia dealer according
to the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this section.
WARNING - California
proposition 65
Engine oil contains chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects
and reproductive harm. Used
engine oil may cause irritation
or cancer of the skin if left in
contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Always
protect your skin by washing
your hands thoroughly with
soap and warm water as soon
as possible after handling used
oil.
7 27
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
,The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is
filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at
the beginning of the winter season,
and before traveling to a colder climate.
WARNING - Cooling fan
Use caution when
working near the
blade of the cooling
fan. The
electric
motor (cooling fan) is
controlled by engine coolant
temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. It may
sometimes operate even when
the engine is not running.
OAM072005
Checking the coolant level
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between F and L marks on the side
of the coolant reservoir when the
engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water to provide
protection against freezing and corrosion. Bring the level to F, but do not
overfill. If frequent additions are
required, see an authorized Kia dealer for a cooling system inspection.
7 28
Maintenance
Recommended engine coolant
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water or soft water for
your vehicle and never mix hard
water in the coolant filled at the factory.
An improper coolant mixture can
result in serious malfunction or
engine damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be
protected by an ethylene-glycolbased coolant to prevent corrosion
and freezing.
• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze, which would
reduce the effectiveness of the
solution.
For mixture percentage, refer to the
following table.
Mixture Percentage (volume)
Ambient
Temperature
Antifreeze
Water
5°F (-15°C)
35
65
-13°F (-25°C)
40
60
-31°F (-35°C)
50
50
-49°F (-45°C)
60
40
OAM072006
WARNING - Radiator
cap
Do not remove the
radiator cap when the
engine and radiator
are hot. Scalding hot
coolant and steam
may blow out under pressure
causing serious injury.
7 29
Maintenance
CAUTION - Removing
radiator cap
Never attempt to
remove the radiator
cap while the engine
is operating or hot.
Doing so might lead
to cooling system and engine
damage.
Turn the engine off and wait until it
cools down. Use extreme care when
removing the radiator cap. Wrap a
thick towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the first
stop. Step back while the pressure is
released from the cooling system.
When you are sure all the pressure
has been released, press down on
the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to
remove it.
7 30
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant changed by an
authorized Kia dealer according to
the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this section.
Put a thick cloth around the radiator
cap before refilling the coolant in
order to prevent the coolant from
overflowing into engine parts such as
the alternator.
Maintenance
BRAKE/CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID
CAUTION - Proper fluid
Only use brake/clutch fluid in
brake/clutch system. Small
amounts of improper fluids
(such as engine oil) can cause
damage to the brake/clutch system.
OAM072007
Checking the brake/clutch*
fluid level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake/clutch* fluid, clean
the area around the reservoir cap
thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch*
fluid contamination.
* if equipped
If the level is low, add fluid to the
MAX level. The level will fall with
accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the
wear of the brake linings and/or
clutch disc (if equipped). If the fluid
level is excessively low, have the
brake/clutch* system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Use only the specified brake/clutch*
fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in section 8.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
In the event the brake/clutch* system
requires frequent additions of fluid,
the vehicle should be inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
When
changing
and
adding
brake/clutch* fluid, handle it carefully.
Do not let it come in contact with
your eyes. If brake/clutch* fluid
should come in contact with your
eyes, immediately flush them with a
large quantity of fresh tap water.
Have your eyes examined by a doctor as soon as possible.
CAUTION - Brake/clutch
fluid
Do not allow brake/clutch* fluid
to contact the vehicle's body
paint, as paint damage will
result.
Brake/clutch* fluid, which has been
exposed to open air for an extended
time should never be used as its
quality cannot be guaranteed. It
should be disposed of properly.
7 31
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID
WARNING - Windshield
fluid
Do not
washer
washer
humans
drink the windshield
fluid. The windshield
fluid is poisonous to
and animals.
WARNING - Flammable
OAM072008
Checking the washer fluid
level
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available.
However, use washer solvent with
antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
7 32
fluid
Do not allow the washer fluid to
come in contact with open
flames or sparks. The windshield washer fluid clan is flammable under certain circumstances. This can result in a fire.
Maintenance
PARKING BRAKE
If the stroke is more or less than
specified, have the parking brake
adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer.
Stroke : 5~7 “clicks’’ at a force of
44 lbs (20 kg, 196 N).
OAM059004
Checking the parking brake
Check the stroke of the parking
brake by counting the number of
“clicks’’ heard while fully applying it
from the released position. Also, the
parking brake alone should securely
hold the vehicle on a fairly steep
grade.
7 33
Maintenance
AIR CLEANER
OAM079043
Filter replacement
It must be replaced when necessary,
and should not be washed.
You can clean the filter when inspecting the air cleaner element.
Clean the filter by using compressed
air.
7 34
OAM079044
OAM079046
1. Loosen the air cleaner cover
attaching clips and open the cover.
2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.
3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
4. Lock the cover with the cover
attaching clips.
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the
element more often than the usual
recommended intervals. (Refer to
“Maintenance under severe usage
conditions” in this section.)
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
CAUTION - Air filter
maintenance
• Do not drive with the air cleaner removed; this will result in
excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner
filter, be careful that dust or
dirt does not enter the air
intake, or damage may result.
• Use a Kia genuine part. Use of
non-genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor.
1JBA5122
Blade inspection
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes have been
known to make the windshield difficult to clean.
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not
wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water.
CAUTION - Wiper blades
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
7 35
Maintenance
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, do not attempt
to move the wipers manually.
The use of a non-specified wiper
blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure.
1LDA5023
1JBA7037
Front windshield wiper blade
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the
wiper blade assembly to expose
the plastic locking clip.
2. Compress the clip and slide the
blade assembly downward.
3. Lift it off the arm.
CAUTION - Wiper arms
Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windshield,
since it may chip or crack the
windshield.
7 36
Maintenance
1JBA7038
OHM078062
OED076041
4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
Rear window wiper blade
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out
the wiper blade assembly.
2. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the
slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
into place.
3. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
4. Place back the wiper arm to the
proper position.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, have an
authorized Kia dealer replace the
wiper blade.
7 37
Maintenance
BATTERY
WARNING - Risk of
explosion
OAM079015
For best battery service
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from
the battery immediately with a
solution of water and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be
used for an extended time, disconnect the battery cables.
7 38
Keep lit cigarettes and
all other flames or
sparks away from the
battery.
The battery contains
hydrogen - a highly combustible gas, which will
explode if it comes in
contact with a flame or
spark.
WARNING - Sulfuric
acid in
batteries
Keep batteries out of the
reach
of
children
because batteries contain highly corrosive
SULFURIC ACID and
electrolytes. Do not
allow battery acid to
contact your skin, eyes,
clothing or paint finish.
Wear eye protection
when charging or working near a battery.
Always provide ventilation when working in an
enclosed space.
Maintenance
Always read the following
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s)
or regulation.
The battery contains lead. Do
not dispose of it after use.
Please return the battery to
an authorized Kia dealer to
be recycled.
WARNING - Recharging
battery
Never attempt to recharge the
battery when the battery cables
are connected.
When you don’t use the vehicle for a
long time in the low temperature
area, separate the battery and keep
it indoors.
WARNING - California
proposition
65
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain
lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer, birth
defects and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer.
Wash hands after handling.
WARNING - Risk of
electrocution
Never touch the electrical ignition system while the vehicle is
running. This system works
with high voltage which can
"zap" you.
Battery recharging
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged
in a short time (because, for example, the headlights or interior lights
were left on while the vehicle was
not in use), recharge it by slow
charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while
the vehicle is being used, recharge
it at 20-30A for two hours.
7 39
Maintenance
When recharging the battery,
observe the following precautions:
• The battery must be removed from
the vehicle and placed in an area
with good ventilation.
• Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging
rate if the battery cells begin
gassing (boiling) violently or if the
temperature of the electrolyte of
any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C).
• Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging.
• Disconnect the battery charger in
the following order.
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
• Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and stop the engine.
• The negative battery cable must be
removed first and installed last
when the battery is disconnected.
7 40
Reset items
Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected.
• Sunroof (See section 4)
• Climate control system
(See section 4)
• Clock (See section 4, Audio)
• Audio (See section 4)
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS
Tire care
WARNING - Tire under
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
inflation
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
one mile (1.6 km).
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, vehicle
handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pressure,
refer to “Tire and wheels” in section
8.
OUN086005
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver’s side center
pillar.
Inflate your tires consistent with
the instructions provided in this
manual. Severe underinflation
can lead to severe heat buildup, causing blowouts, tread
separation and other tire failures that can result in the loss
of vehicle control. This risk is
much higher on hot days and
when driving for long periods at
high speeds.
• Underinflation also results in
excessive wear, poor handling and
reduced fuel economy. Wheel
deformation also is possible. Keep
your tire pressures at the proper
levels. If a tire frequently needs
refilling, have it checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Overinflation produces a harsh
ride, excessive wear at the center
of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.
7 41
Maintenance
• Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 4
to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not
release air from warm tires to
adjust the pressure or the tires will
be underinflated.
• Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation
valve caps. Without the valve cap,
dirt or moisture could get into the
valve core and cause air leakage. If
a valve cap is missing, install a
new one as soon as possible.
7 42
Always observe the following:
• Check tire pressure when the tires
are cold. (After vehicle has been
parked for at least three hours or
hasn't been driven more than one
mile (1.6 km) since startup.)
• Check the pressure of your spare
tire each time you check the pressure of other tires.
• Never overload your vehicle. Be
careful not to overload a vehicle
luggage rack if your vehicle is
equipped with one.
Checking tire inflation pressure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Also, check the tire pressure of the
spare tire.
How to check
Use a good quality gage to check tire
pressure. You can not tell if your tires
are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look
properly inflated even when they're
underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. - "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sitting
for at least three hours or driven no
more than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Maintenance
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the recommended amount.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gage. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. They help prevent
leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.
• Inspect your tires frequently for
proper inflation as well as wear and
damage. Always use a tire pressure gauge.
• Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly causing
poor handling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading
to accidents, injuries, and even
death. The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the tire
label located on the driver's side
center pillar.
• Remember to check the pressure
of your spare tire. Kia recommends
that you check the spare every
time you check the pressure of the
other tires on your vehicle.
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is recommended that the tires be rotated
every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or
sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness.
Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section
8.
7 43
Maintenance
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
Without a spare tire
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only from
front to rear and not from right to left.
Do not use the compact spare tire (if
equipped) for tire rotation.
S2BLA790A
Directional tires (if equipped)
WARNING - Mixing tire
types
Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics.
Wheel alignment and tire balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
CAUTION - Wheel weight
CBGQ0707A
7 44
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
Maintenance
• The ABS works by comparing the
speed of the wheels. The tire size
affects wheel speed. When replacing tires, all 4 tires must use the
same size originally supplied with
the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can cause the ABS(Antilock
Brake
System)
and
ESC(Electronic Stability Control) to
work irregularly.
Tread wear indicator
OEN076053
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before replacing the tire.
Compact spare tire replacement
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed for mounting a regular size tire.
7 45
Maintenance
Wheel replacement
Tire traction
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
A wheel that is not the correct size
may adversely affect wheel and
bearing life, braking and stopping
abilities, handling characteristics,
ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, snow chain clearance,
speedometer and odometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper
height.
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. Slow down whenever there
is rain, snow or ice on the road to
reduce the possibility of losing control of the vehicle.
CAUTION - Wheel
Wheels that do not meet Kia's
specifications may fit poorly
and result in damage to the
vehicle or unusual handling and
poor vehicle control.
7 46
1
5,6
7
4
2
3
1
I030B04JM
Tire maintenance
Tire sidewall labeling
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
Maintenance
2. Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replacement tires for your vehicle. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
P245/70R17 108T
108 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
P - Applicable vehicle type (tires
marked with the prefix “P’’ are
intended for use on passenger
vehicles or light trucks; however,
not all tires have this marking).
245 - Tire width in millimeters.
70 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
17 - Rim diameter in inches.
Example wheel size designation:
7.0JX17
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you
ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designation mean.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being
used for passenger car tires. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire. This symbol corresponds to that
tire's designed maximum safe operating speed.
Speed
Rating
Symbol
S
T
H
V
Z
Maximum Speed
112 mph (180 km/h)
118 mph (190 km/h)
130 mph (210 km/h)
149 mph (240 km/h)
Above 149 mph (240 km/h)
7.0 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
17 - Rim diameter in inches.
7 47
Maintenance
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over 6 years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1609 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2009.
7 48
WARNING - Tire age
Replace tires within the recommended time frame. Failure to
replace tires as recommended
can result in sudden tire failure,
which could lead to a loss of
control and an accident.
4. Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
Maintenance
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
Tires degrade over time, even when
they are not being used. Regardless
of the remaining tread, we recommend that tires be replaced after
approximately six(6) years of normal
service. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions
can accelerate the aging process.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire’s ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The traction grade assigned to this
tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
7 49
Maintenance
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
7 50
Tire terminology and definitions
Air Pressure: The amount of air
inside the tire pressing outward on
the tire. Air pressure is expressed in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight: This means the
combined weight of optional accessories. Some examples of optional
accessories
are,
automatic
transaxle, power seats, and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a
tire's height to its width.
Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords
that is located between the plies and
the tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing materials.
Bead: The tire bead contains steel
wires wrapped by steel cords that
hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the plies are laid at alternate
angles less than 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of
air pressure in a tire, measured in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire has built
up heat from driving.
Curb Weight: This means the weight
of a motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil and
coolant, but without passengers and
cargo.
DOT Markings: A code molded into
the sidewall of a tire signifying that
the tire is in compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation motor
vehicle safety standards. The DOT
code includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the
tire manufacturer, production plant,
brand and date of production.
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Front Axle.
GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Rear axle.
Maintenance
Intended Outboard Sidewall: The
side of an asymmetrical tire, that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for
air pressure.
Load Index: An assigned number
ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity
of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure: The
maximum air pressure to which a
cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the
sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating: The load
rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that
tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight: The
number of occupants a vehicle is
designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution: Designated
seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall: The side
of a asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when
mounted on a vehicle. The outward
facing sidewall bears white lettering
or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire
used on passenger cars and some
light duty trucks and multipurpose
vehicles.
Recommended Inflation Pressure:
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure and shown
on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the ply cords that extend to the
beads are laid at 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Rim: A metal support for a tire and
upon which the tire beads are seated.
Sidewall: The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating: An alphanumeric
code assigned to a tire indicating the
maximum speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction: The friction between the
tire and the road surface. The
amount of grip provided.
Tread: The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
bands, sometimes called "wear
bars," that show across the tread of a
tire when only 2/32 inch of tread
remains.
UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards, a tire information
system that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, temperature and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight: The number of designated seating positions
multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the
rated cargo and luggage load.
7 51
Maintenance
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire: Load on an individual tire due to
curb and accessory weight plus
maximum occupant and cargo
weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and dividing by 2.
Vehicle Placard: A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the
original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure.
7 52
All season tires
Snow tires
Kia specifies all season tires on
some models to provide good performance for use all year round,
including snowy and icy road conditions. All season tires are identified
by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud
and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow
tires have better snow traction than
all season tires and may be more
appropriate in some areas.
If you equip your car with snow tires,
they should be the same size and
have the same load capacity as the
original tires. Snow tires should be
installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result.
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28
kPa) more air pressure than the
pressure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver's side of the center pillar, or up to
the maximum pressure shown on the
tire sidewall, whichever is less.
Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120
km/h) when your vehicle is equipped
with snow tires.
Summer tires
Kia specifies summer tires on some
models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in
snow and ice. Summer tires do not
have the tire traction rating M+S
(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.
if you plan to operate your vehicle in
snowy or icy conditions. Kia recommends the use of snow tires or all
season tires on all four wheels.
Maintenance
Tire chains
Tire chains, if necessary, should be
installed on the front wheels.
Be sure that the chains are installed
in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
To minimize tire and chain wear, do
not continue to use tire chains when
they are no longer needed.
• When driving on roads covered
with snow or ice, drive at less than
20 mph (30 km/h).
• Use the SAE “S” class or wire
chains.
• If you hear noise caused by chains
contacting the body, retighten the
chain to avoid contact with the
vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage, retighten
the chains after driving 0.3~0.6
miles (0.5~1.0 km).
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels.
In unavoidable circumstance, use
a wire type chain.
• Use wire chains less than 0.59
inches (15 mm) to prevent damage
to the chain’s connection.
Radial-ply tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance and
smoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of
belted construction, and are selected
to complement the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load
carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias
belted tires of the same size, and use
the same recommended inflation
pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
not recommended. Any combinations of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is: Identical radial-ply tires should
always be used as a set of four.
7 53
Maintenance
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval shown in this section
to achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
7 54
Maintenance
FUSES
Blade type
Normal
Blown
Cartridge type
Normal
Blown
Multi fuse
Normal
Blown
OBK079042
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one
located in the driver’s side panel bolster, the other in the engine compartment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle’s lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse
has blown, the element inside the
fuse will melt.
If the electrical system does not
work, first check the driver’s side
fuse panel.
Before replacing a blown fuse, disconnect the negative battery cable.
Always replace a blown fuse with
one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and multi fuse for higher
amperage ratings.
WARNING - Fuse
replacement
• Never replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly a
fire.
• Never install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the
proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and
a possible fire.
CAUTION - Fuse
replacement
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove
fuses because it may cause a
short circuit and damage the
system.
✽ NOTICE
The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ from equipped items.
7 55
Maintenance
CAUTION
• When replacing a blown fuse
or relay with a new one, make
sure the new fuse or relay fits
tightly into the clips The
incomplete fastening fuse or
relay may cause the vehicle
wiring and electric systems
damage and a possible fire.
• Do not remove fuses, relays
and terminals fastened with
bolts or nuts. The fuses, relays
and terminals may be fastened incompletely, and it may
cause a possible fire. If fuses,
relays and terminals fastened
with bolts or nuts are blown,
we recommend that you consult with an authorized Kia
dealer.
• Do not input any other objects
except fuses or relays into
fuse/relay terminals such as a
driver or wiring. It may cause
contact failure and system
malfunction.
7 56
OAM079020
Inner panel fuse replacement
1. Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
OAM079047
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the removal tool provided
on the fuse panel cover.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown.
Spare fuses are provided in the
instrument panel fuse panel (or in
the engine compartment fuse
panel).
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
Maintenance
If you do not have a spare, use a
fuse of the same rating from a circuit
you may not need for operating the
vehicle, such as the cigarette lighter
fuse.
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the
fuses are OK, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse
is blown, it must be replaced.
OAM079022
• If the memory fuse is pulled out
from the fuse panel, the warning
chime, audio, clock and interior
lamps, etc., will not operate. Some
items must be reset after replacement. Refer to “Battery” in this section.
• Even when the memory fuse is
pulled out, the battery can still be
discharged by operation of the
headlights or other electrical
devices.
Memory fuse
Your vehicle is equipped with a memory fuse to prevent battery discharge
if your vehicle is parked without
being operated for prolonged periods. Use the following procedures
before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Turn off the headlights and tail
lights.
3. Open the driver’s side panel cover
and pull out the memory fuse.
7 57
Maintenance
3. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in
the
clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
OAM072023
Engine compartment fuse
replacement
1. Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling the
cover up.
7 58
CAUTION - Fuse panel
covers
After checking the fuse panel in
the
engine
compartment,
securely install the fuse panel
cover to prevent electrical failures which may occur from
water contact.
OAM072025
Multi fuse
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel on the right
side in the engine compartment.
4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one of
the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
Maintenance
OAM079026
Fuse/relay panel description
Inner fuse panel
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,
you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
OAM072026
7 59
Maintenance
Description
P/WDW LH
P/WDW RH
PDM 2
HAZARD
TAIL LP LH
Fuse rating
25A
25A
10A
15A
10A
Protected component
Power Window Main Switch, Rear Power Window Switch LH
Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch RH
PDM,Start/Stop Button Switch, Fob Holder
Hazard Relay, Hazard Switch, One Touch Flasher Unit
Rear Combination Lamp LH, Head Lamp LH, License Lamp
TAIL LP RH
10A
Rear Combination Lamp RH, Head Lamp RH, Audio, Passenger Power Window Switch, Rheostat,
Power Window Main Switch, Hazard Switch, Instrument Cluster, Mood Lamp Switch,
AUX & USB Jack, ESC Switch, A/C Control Module, Multifunction Switch,
Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Switch, ATM Shift Lever Indicator, Glove Box Lamp,
A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Telltale Lamp, ISG Switch, Active ECO Switch,
/V & Navigation Touch, AUX Jack
IG 2
WIPER RR
WIPER FRT
AMP
SUNROOF
(FOG LP FRT)
T/GATE OPEN
(FOG LP RR)
10A
15A
25A
25A
20A
15A
15A
10A
BCM, Sunroof Motor
Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper)
E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Wiper Relay), Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper)
AMP, ISG Low DC - DC Converter (AMP)
Sunroof Motor
Front Fog Lamp Relay
Tail Gate Relay, Data Link Connector, DRL Relay
-
A/CON
10A
A/C Control Module, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (H/LP HI Relay, Blower Relay), Active Incar Sensor,
A/V & Navigation Touch
PDM 1
10A
PDM
ACC
10A
Audio, Mood Lamp Module, Power Outside Mirror Switch, Smart Key Control Module, PDM,
ATM Key Lock Control Module, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, BCM, AMP, A/V & Navigation Touch,
ISG Low DC - DC Converter (Audio/AMP)
C/LIGHTER
20A
Cigarette Lighter, Rear Power Outlet
7 60
Maintenance
Description
HTD MIRR
DR LOCK
Fuse rating
Protected component
10A
ECM/PCM, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module, A/V & Navigation Touch
20A
Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, 2 Turn Lock Relay
STOP LP
15A
Stop Lamp Switch, Multipurpose Check Connector, HAC Relay, Stop Lamp Relay,
Sport Mode Switch, Key Solenoid
TCU
10A
Vehicle Speed Sensor (M/T), ATM Shift Lever Indicator, ATM Key Lock Control Module,
Transaxle Range Switch
ABS
10A
ESC Module, ESC Switch, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Multipurpose Check Connector)
IG 1
10A
Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, ISG Low DC - DC Converter (Audio/AMP),
Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Switch, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer, ISG Switch,
Electro Chromic Mirror, Oil Pump Invertor, Stop Lamp Switch, HAC Relay
P/OUTLET FRT
A/BAG
IGN COIL
T/SIG
CLUSTER
ECU
15A
15A
15A
10A
10A
10A
Front Power Outlet
SRS Control Module, Weight Classification Module, Telltale Lamp
G4FD : Condenser, Ignition Coil #1 ~ #4
Hazard Switch, Multifunction Switch (Light)
BCM, Instrument Cluster (IND.), A/C Control Module, Smart Key Control Module, PDM
ECM, PCM
START
10A
E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Start Relay), PDM, Transaxle Range Switch, Ignition Lock Switch,
PCM/ECM
B/UP LP
A/BAG IND
10A
10A
Back-up Lamp Switch (M/T)
Instrument Cluster (Air Bag IND.)
15A
Audio, RF Receiver, A/V & Navigation Touch, ISG Low DC - DC Converter (Audio),
A/V & Navigation Head Unit
10A
BCM, Instrument Cluster (IND.), A/C Control Module, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module,
Center Room Lamp, Luggage Lamp,
Overhead Console Assembly (Map Lamp), Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch,
Vanity Lamp LH/RH
MODULE
POWER
CONNECTOR
ROOM LP
7 61
Maintenance
OAM072027
Engine compartment fuse panel
OAM072027L
7 62
Maintenance
Engine 1.6
Description
MULTI
FUSE
FUSE
Fuse rating
Protected component
B+ 1
50A
I/P Junction Box (Power Window Relay, Fuse - P/WDW LH 25A, P/WDW RH 25A, PDM 2 10A,
HAZARD 15A)
INVERTER
50A
Oil Pump Invertor
ALT
125A
Alternator, Fuse (ABS 2 40A, ABS 1 40A, RR HTD 40A, BLOWER1 40A, MDPS 80A,
A/CON 10A)
ABS 1
ABS 2
RR HTD
BLOWER 1
MDPS 1
IG 2
IG 1
ECU 1
H/LP
C/FAN
40A
40A
40A
40A
80A
40A
40A
30A
20A
30A
ESC Module
ESC Module
I/P Junction Box (Rear Defogger Relay)
Blower Relay
EPS Control Module
Ignition Switch, PDM Relay Box(IG 1 Realy), Start Relay
Ignition Switch, PDM Relay Box(IG 2 Realy)
Engine Control Relay
H/LP Relay
C/Fan HI Relay, C/Fan Low Relay
B+2
50A
I/P Junction Box (Tail Lamp Relay, Fuse - TAIL LP LH 10A, TAIL LP RH 10A, SUNROOF 20A,
AMP 25A, DR LOCK 20A, STOP LP 15A, T/GATE OPEN 15A, (FOG LP FRT) 15A,
Power Connector - ROOM LP 10A, MODULE 15A)
F/PUMP
PDM
SEAT HEATER
ECU 2
H/LP HI
HORN
15A
25A
20A
15A
20A
10A
F/Pump Relay
PDM, Smart Key Control Module
Driver Seat Warmer, Passenger Seat Warmer
PCM/ECM
H/LP HI Relay
Horn Relay
7 63
Maintenance
Description
DEDICATE DRL
BLOWER 2
SENSOR 1
FUSE
7 64
Fuse rating
10A
BCM
10A
A/C Control Module (Auto)
10A
-
Protected component
SENSOR 2
10A
C/Fan HI/Low Relay, PCM/ECM, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve,
Canister Close Valve, Immobilizer Module, A/Con Relay
IGN COIL
ECU 3
SENSOR 3
H/LP LH
H/LP RH
HTD STRG
WIPER
15A
20A
15A
10A
10A
15A
10A
Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down), F/Pump Relay, Oil Control Valve #1/#2, PCM/ECM
Head Lamp LH
Head Lamp RH
PCM
B/UP LP (AP)
10A
Electro Chromic Mirror, Rear Combination Lamp LH/RH, Instrument Cluster,
A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Audio
MDPS 2
A/CON
10A
10A
EPS Control Module
A/Con Relay
Maintenance
Engine 2.0
Description
MULTI
FUSE
Fuse rating
Protected component
B+ 1
50A
I/P Junction Box (Power Window Relay, Fuse - P/WDW LH 25A, P/WDW RH 25A, PDM 2 10A,
HAZARD 15A)
INVERTER
50A
Oil Pump Invertor
ALT
125A
Alternator, Fuse (ABS 2 40A, ABS 1 40A, RR HTD 40A, BLOWER1 40A, MDPS 80A,
A/CON 10A)
ABS 1
ABS 2
RR HTD
BLOWER 1
MDPS 1
IG 2
IG 1
ECU 1
H/LP
C/FAN
40A
40A
40A
40A
80A
40A
40A
30A
20A
30A
ESC Module
ESC Module
I/P Junction Box (Rear Defogger Relay)
Blower Relay
EPS Control Module
Ignition Switch, PDM Relay Box(IG 1 Realy), Start Relay
Ignition Switch, PDM Relay Box(IG 2 Realy)
Engine Control Relay
H/LP Relay
C/Fan HI Relay, C/Fan Low Relay
B+2
50A
I/P Junction Box (Tail Lamp Relay, Fuse - TAIL LP LH 10A, TAIL LP RH 10A, SUNROOF 20A,
AMP 25A, DR LOCK 20A, STOP LP 15A, T/GATE OPEN 15A, (FOG LP FRT) 15A,
Power Connector - ROOM LP 10A, MODULE 15A)
F/PUMP
PDM
SEAT HEATER
ECU 2
TCU
H/LP HI
HORN
15A
25A
20A
15A
20A
20A
10A
F/Pump Relay
PDM, Smart Key Control Module
Driver Seat Warmer, Passenger Seat Warmer
PCM/ECM
PCM
H/LP HI Relay
Horn Relay
FUSE
7 65
Maintenance
Description
DEDICATE DRL
BLOWER 2
FUSE
7 66
Fuse rating
10A
BCM
10A
A/C Control Module (Auto)
Protected component
SENSOR 1
10A
Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2, Oil Control Valve #1/#2, Canister Control Valve, A/Con Relay,
Immobilizer Module
SENSOR 2
IGN COIL
ECU 3
10A
15A
20A
C/Fan HI/Low Relay, Injector #1 ~ #4
Ignition Coil #1 ~ #4, Condenser
PCM/ECM
SENSOR 3
15A
Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down), F/Pump Relay, Purge Control Solenoid Valve,
Variable Intake Solenoid Valve
H/LP LH
H/LP RH
HTD STRG
WIPER
10A
10A
15A
10A
Head Lamp LH
Head Lamp RH
PCM
B/UP LP (AP)
10A
Electro Chromic Mirror, Rear Combination Lamp LH/RH, Instrument Cluster,
A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Audio
MDPS 2
A/CON
10A
10A
EPS Control Module
A/Con Relay
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
WARNING - Lights
Prior to working on the light,
firmly apply the parking brake,
ensure that the ignition switch
is turned to the LOCK position
and turn off the lights to avoid
burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
Use only the bulbs of the specified
wattage.
CAUTION - Light
replacement
Be sure to replace the burnedout bulb with one of the same
wattage rating. Otherwise, it
may cause damage to the fuse
or electric wiring system.
If you don’t have necessary tools, the
correct bulbs and the expertise, consult an authorized Kia dealer. In
many cases, it is difficult to replace
vehicle light bulbs because other
parts of the vehicle must be removed
before you can get to the bulb. This is
especially true if you have to remove
the headlight assembly to get to the
bulb(s). Removing/installing the
headlight assembly can result in
damage to the vehicle.
OAM072029
Headlight, position light, turn
signal light, side marker light
and front fog light bulb
replacement
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Headlight (High)
Headlight (Low)
Front side marker light
Front turn signal/Position light
Front fog light (if equipped)
If the headlight aiming adjustment is
necessary after the headlight
assembly is reinstalled, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
7 67
Maintenance
G270A03O
WARNING - Halogen
bulbs
Handle halogen bulbs with care.
Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying
pieces of glass if broken.
7 68
• Always handle them carefully, and
avoid scratches and abrasions. If
the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with
liquids.
• Never touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause the
bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
• A bulb should be operated only
when installed in a headlight.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
• Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool
down before handling it.
OAM072048N
1. Turn off the engine and open the
hood. Disconnect the negative
battery cable.
2. Disconnect the power connector
from the back of the headlight
assembly.
3. Loosen the retaining bolts.
Maintenance
OAM072064
OAM072070N
4.Pull out the end of the front
bumper.
5.Remove the headlight assembly
from the body of the vehicle.
Headlight bulb (High)
Follow the steps 1 to 5 from the previous page.
6.Remove the headlight bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
7.Disconnect the headlight bulb
socket-connector.
8.Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining wire by depressing the end and
pushing it upward.
9.Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly.
If you can reach the bulb without
removing the headlight assembly,
you do not need to do step 3,4 and 5.
10. Install a new headlight bulb and
snap the headlight bulb retaining
wire into position by aligning the
wire with the groove on the bulb.
11. Connect the headlight bulb socket connector.
12. Install the headlight bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
13. Connect the power connector to
the back of the headlight assembly.
14. Reinstall the headlight assembly
to the body of the vehicle.
7 69
Maintenance
8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
9. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly and
turning the socket clockwise.
10. Reinstall the light assembly to
the body of the vehicle.
OAM072071N
OAM072073N
Headlight bulb (Low)
Follow the steps 1 to 5 from the previous page.
6.Remove the headlight bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
7.Remove the bulb from the assembly by turning it counterclockwise.
8.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the housing and rotating in until it
locks into place.
9.Install the headlight bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
Front turn signal/position light
Bulb type
Follow the steps 1 to 5 from the previous page.
6. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket.
7 70
LED type
If the light bulb is not operating, have
the vehicle checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Maintenance
OAM072074N
OAM072072N
OAM072075N
Front side marker
Follow the steps 1 to 5 from the previous page.
6.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7.Pull the bulb out of the socket.
8.Insert a new bulb into the socket.
9.Install the socket into the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots on the assembly and
turning the socket clockwise.
3.Reach your hand into the back of
the front bumper.
4.Disconnect the power connector
from the socket.
5.Remove the bulb-socket from the
housing by turning the socket
counter clockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the housing.
6.Install the new bulb-socket into the
housing by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots in the housing. Push the socket into the housing and turn the socket clockwise.
7.Connect the power connector to
the socket.
8.Reinstall the front bumper.
OAM072064
Front fog light bulbs (if equipped)
1.Loosen the retaining bolt.
2.Pull out the end of the front
bumper.
7 71
Maintenance
5. Insert a new bulb in the socket.
6. Reassemble the socket and the
lens part.
7. Connect the bulb electrical connector.
8. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
OAM079030
OAM072061
Side repeater light bulb Type A
replacement (if equipped)
Side repeater light bulb Type B
replacement (if equipped)
1. Remove the light assembly from
the vehicle by prying the lens and
pulling the assembly out.
2. Disconnect the bulb electrical connector.
3. Separate the socket and the lens
parts by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the
socket align with the slots on the
lens part.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
If the light bulb is not operating, have
the vehicle checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
7 72
Maintenance
■ Type A
Tail and
side maker
■ Type A
Turn signal
Stop and tail
OAM072031
■ Type B
OAM072066N
OAM079032
1. Open the tailgate.
2. Loosen the light assembly retaining screws with a philips head
screwdriver.
3. Remove the rear combination light
assembly from the body of the
vehicle.
OAM072062
Rear combination light bulb
replacement
(1) Tail light and side marker
(2) Rear turn signal light
(3) Back-up light
(4) Stop and tail light
(5) Tail light
(6) Stop and tail (LED)
■ Type B
Turn signal
OAM072069N
Tail light and side marker, Turn
signal light and Stop and tail light
4. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7 73
Maintenance
5. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket.
6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
7. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly and
turning the socket clockwise.
8. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
■ Type A
Tail
Back-up
OAM072067N
■ Type B
Back-up
OAM072068N
Back-up light and Tail light
Follow the steps 1 to 3 from the previous page.
4.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7 74
5.Pull the bulb out of the socket.
6.Insert a new bulb into the socket.
7.Install the socket into the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots on the assembly and
turning the socket clockwise.
8.Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
Maintenance
OAM079040
OAM079035
OAM072076N
LED type (if equipped)
4.Loosen the retaining bolts.
5.Replace the LED with new one.
6.Reinstall in the reverse order.
High mounted stop light
replacement
1. Open the tailgate.
2. Remove the cover.
3. Disconnect the connector by
pressing the clip (1).
OAM079036
Bulb type
4. Pull out the module from the high
mounted stop light assembly by
pulling both clips.
5. Replace the bulbs by pulling it out.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order.
If your vehicle is equipped with LED
type high mounted stop lights, your
stop, tail and side marker lights must
be replaced by an authorized Kia
dealer.
7 75
Maintenance
OFD067030
License plate light bulb
replacement
1. Remove the lens by pressing the
tabs.
2. Remove the socket from the lens.
3. Remove the bulb by turning it
counter clockwise.
4. Install a new bulb in the socket
and install the socket to the lens.
5. Reinstall the lens securely.
7 76
Maintenance
Map lamp
Luggage room lamp (if equipped)
Interior light bulb replacement
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens from the interior light housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
WARNING - Interior
lights
Room lamp
Glove box lamp (if equipped)
Prior to working on the Interior
Lights, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior
light housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
OAM079037/OAM079038
Sunvisor lamp
OAM072065N/OAM072077N/OTD079035
7 77
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
and caution statements that appear
on the label.
7 78
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to
the removal of any accumulation of
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign
materials. Make sure the drain holes
in the lower edges of the doors and
rocker panels are kept clear and
clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain
water may not completely remove all
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for
use on painted surfaces, may be
used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired, dry
the brakes by applying them lightly
while maintaining a slow forward
speed.
Maintenance
OJB037800
CAUTION - Wetting
engine
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may
cause the failure of electrical
circuits located in the engine
compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.
Waxing
A good coat of wax is a barrier
between your paint and contaminate.
Keeping a good coat of wax on your
vehicle will help protect it.
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to
re-wax these areas even if the rest of
the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
CAUTION - Drying
vehicle
• Wiping dust or dirt off the
body with a dry cloth will
scratch the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on
chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts. This may
result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration.
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
If your vehicle is damaged and
requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies
anti-corrosion materials to the parts
repaired or replaced.
7 79
Maintenance
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects,
use a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
7 80
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may
collect on the underbody. If these
materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody
parts such as the fuel lines, frame,
floor pan and exhaust system, even
though they have been treated with
rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month,
after off-road driving and at the end
of each winter. Pay special attention
to these areas because it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to wet down
the road grime without removing it.
The lower edges of the doors, rocker
panels, and frame members have
drain holes that should not be
allowed to clog with dirt; trapped
water in these areas can cause rusting.
Aluminum or chrome wheel maintenance
The aluminum or chrome wheels are
coated with a clear protective finish.
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,
polishing compound, solvent, or
wire brushes on aluminum or
chrome wheels. They may scratch
or damage the finish.
• Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, be sure to clean
the wheels after driving on salted
roads. This helps prevent corrosion.
• Avoid washing the wheels with
high-speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any alkaline or acid
detergent. It may damage and corrode the aluminum or chrome
wheels coated with a clear protective finish.
Maintenance
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, we produce vehicles of
the highest quality. However, this is
only part of the job. To achieve the
long-term corrosion resistance your
vehicle can deliver, the owner's
cooperation and assistance is also
required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive
materials, corrosion protection is
particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial
pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. In such conditions,
the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle’s surface by
moisture that evaporate slowly.
Mud is particularly corrosive
because it dries slowly and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the
underside of the vehicle.
7 81
Maintenance
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from
getting started by observing the following:
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area
— where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial
pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
should take extra care to prevent
corrosion. In winter, hose off the
underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean
the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
7 82
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, give particular attention to
the components under the fenders
and other areas that are hidden
from view. Do a thorough job; just
dampening the accumulated mud
rather than washing it away will
accelerate corrosion rather than
prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you
wash your vehicle in the garage or
drive it into the garage when it is still
wet or covered with snow, ice or
mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are
highly corrosive and may damage
painted surfaces in just a few hours.
Always remove bird droppings as
soon as possible.
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor
mats and carpeting and cause corrosion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry.
Use particular care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in
proper containers and any spills or
leaks should be cleaned up, flushed
with clean water and thoroughly
dried.
Maintenance
Interior care
Interior general precautions
Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting
the interior parts because they may
cause damage or discoloration. If
they do contact the interior parts,
wipe them off immediately. See the
instructions for the proper way to
clean vinyl.
CAUTION - Electrical
componants
Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic
components inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
CAUTION - Leather
When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use
high alcohol content solutions
or acid/alkaline detergents, the
color of the leather may fade or
the surface may get stripped off.
Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If
fresh spots do not receive immediate
attention, the fabric can be stained
and its color can be affected. Also, its
fire-resistant properties can be
reduced if the material is not properly maintained.
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect
the fabric’s appearance and fireresistant properties.
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the
soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken
it.
Cleaning the interior window
glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with a
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
CAUTION - Rear
windows
Do not scrape or scratch the
inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage of the rear
window defroster grid.
7 83
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the
Warranty & Maintenance booklet in
your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper function
of the emission control systems, it is
recommended that you have your
vehicle inspected and maintained by
an authorized Kia dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual.
7 84
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system off by
pressing the ESC switch.
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system
back on by pressing the ESC
switch again.
1. Crankcase emission control
system
The positive crankcase ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered air
to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:
Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery)
system
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmosphere.
(The ORVR system is designed to
allow the vapors from the fuel tank to
be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing
the escape of fuel vapors into the
atmosphere.)
Maintenance
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during
idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the
engine. After the engine warms up
during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to
the engine.
3. Exhaust emission control
system
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could
affect its performance, safety or
durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under
warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire. For your
safety, be careful not to damage.
Engine exhaust gas precautions
(carbon monoxide)
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes.
Therefore, if you smell exhaust
fumes of any kind inside your vehicle, have it inspected and repaired
immediately. If you ever suspect
exhaust fumes are coming into
your vehicle, drive it only with all
the windows fully open. Have your
vehicle checked and repaired
immediately.
WARNING - Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain
carbon monoxide (CO). Though
colorless and odorless, it is
dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
The Exhaust Emission Control
System is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions
while maintaining good vehicle performance.
7 85
Maintenance
WARNING - California
proposition
65
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components
and parts, including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or
emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
• Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in or
out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short
time with the engine running,
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into the
vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with
the engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to
the emission control system.
WARNING - Catalytic
converter
Keep away from the catalytic
converter and exhaust system
while the vehicle is running or
immediately thereafter. The
exhaust and catalytic systems
are very hot and may burn you.
7 86
Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped)
WARNING - Fire
• Do not park, idle or drive the
vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass,
vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.
A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under
your vehicle.
• Also, do not remove the heat
sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of
the vehicle or do not coat the
vehicle for corrosion control.
It may present a fire risk under
certain conditions.
Maintenance
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control
device.
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable
loss of performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the
engine. Examples of misuse are
coasting with the ignition off and
descending steep grades in gear
with the ignition off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Avoid driving with a extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void
your warranties.
7 87
Maintenance
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE
Perchlorate Material-special handling
may
apply,
See
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/p
erchlorate.
Notice
to
California
Vehicle
Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials,
such as air bag inflators, seatbelt
pretensioners and keyless remote
entry batteries, must be disposed of
according to Title 22 California Code
of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
7 88
Engine / 8-2
Dimensions / 8-2
Bulb wattage / 8-2
Tires and wheels / 8-3
Capacity/weight / 8-3
Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-4
Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-7
Vehicle certification label / 8-7
Tire specification and pressure label / 8-8
Engine number / 8-8
Refrigerant label / 8-8
Consumer assistance / 8-9
Electrical equipment / 8-12
Reporting safety defects / 8-13
Online factory authorized manuals / 8-14
Specifications, Consumer information,
Reporting safety defects
8
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
BULB WATTAGE
ENGINE
Item
1.6L
2.0L
Light Bulb
Wattage
Bulb Type
Displacement cu. in (cc)
1.6 (1591)
121.9 (1999)
3.03 x 3.36
(77 x 85.44)
3.18 x 3.81
(81 x 97)
Headlights (Low)
Headlights (High)
Front turn signal lights/
position light (LED)*
Front turn signal lights/
Position light (Bulb)
Side turn signal lights (Fender)
Side turn signal lights
(Outside mirror)*
Front side marker lights
Front fog lights*
Tail lights
Tail lights and rear side marker
Stop and tail lights (Bulb)
Stop and tail lights (LED)*
Rear turn signal lights
Back-up lights
High mounted stop light (Bulb)
High mounted stop light (LED)*
License plate lights
Map lamps
Room lamp
Luggage lamp*
Glove box lamp*
Vanity mirror lamp*
55
55
H7
H11B
LED
LED
28/8
2357
5
W5W
LED
LED
5
27
5
28/8
28/8
LED
27
16
5
LED
5
10
10
5
5
5
W5W
H27W
W5W
2357
2357
LED
1156NA
92
W5W
LED
W5W
W10W
FASTEN 10W
FASTEN 5W
FASTEN 5W
FASTEN 5W
Bore x Stroke in.(mm)
Firing order
No. of cylinders
1-3-4-2
4, In-line
DIMENSIONS
Item
in (mm)
Overall length
162.2 (4120)
Overall width
70.3 (1785)
Overall height
195/65R15
Front tread 205/55R16
235/45R18
195/65R15
Rear tread 205/55R16
235/45R18
Wheelbase
*1 with roof rack
63.4 (1610) / 65.4 (1660)*1
61.8 (1570)
61.2 (1555)
60.4 (1535)
62.4 (1585)
62.0 (1575)
61.0 (1550)
100.4 (2550)
* If equipped
8 2
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
TIRES AND WHEELS
Cold tire inflation pressure
Tire
size
Item
Wheel size Normal speed/load*1
Full size tire
P195/65R15
P205/55R16
6.0J×15
6.5J×16
Compact spare
tire (if equipped)
T125/80D15
4.0T×15
Full size tire
P235/45R18
7.5J×18
Compact spare
tire (if equipped)
T125/80D16
4.0T×16
Front
33
(230)
60
(420)
33
(230)
60
(420)
Rear
33
(230)
60
(420)
33
(230)
60
(420)
psi (kPa)
Wheel lug nut torque
lb•ft (kg•m, N•m)
High speed*2/
Maximum load
Front
Rear
35
35
(240)
(240)
60
60
(420)
(420)
35
35
(240)
(240)
60
60
(420)
(420)
65~79
(9~11, 88~107)
*1 Normal load : Up to 3 persons
*2 High speed : above 100 mph (160 km/h)
CAPACITY/WEIGHT
1.6 Engine
Item
Gross vehicle weight
lbs. (kg)
Luggage volume
cu ft (l)
2.0 Engine
M/T
A/T
M/T
A/T
3671 (1665)
3715 (1685)
3836 (1740)
3880 (1760)
12 (340)
12 (340)
8 3
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant
Volume
Classification
Engine oil *1 *2
1.6 Engine
3.49 US qt. (3.3 l)
(drain and refill)
API Service SM*3 or obove
recommended
ILSAC GF-4 or above
2.0 Engine
4.23 US qt. (4.0 l)
(or equivalent)
1.9~2.0 US qt.
1.6 Engine
API Service GL-4 (SAE 75W-85, fill for-life)
(1.8~1.9 l)
Manual transaxle fluid
or other brands meeting the GL-4 specitication
2.0~2.11 US qt.
2.0 Engine
approved by Kia Motors Corp.
(1.9~2.0 l)
MICHANG ATF SP-IV
1.6 Engine
7.71 US qt. (7.3 l)
SK ATF SP-IV
NOCA ATF SP-IV
Automatic transaxle fluid
Kia genuine ATF SP-IV
or other brands meeting the
2.0 Engine
7.5 US qt. (7.1 l)
above specification approved by Kia motors corp.
*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute
to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements
are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.
8 4
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
Lubricant
Coolant
Brake/Clutch fluid
Fuel
1.6 Engine
2.0 Engine
Volume
Classification
6.87 US qt. (6.5 l)
Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water
6.76 US qt. (6.4 l) (Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)
0.7~0.8 US qt.
FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
(0.7~0.8 l)
12.68 US gal. (48 l)
Refer to “Fuel requirements” in section 1
8 5
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
Always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain plug, or
dipstick before checking or draining
any lubricant. This is especially
important in dusty or sandy areas
and when the vehicle is used on
unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine and
other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has
an effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and
engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel
economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using
oils of any viscosity other than those
recommended could result in engine
damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the
range of temperature your vehicle will
be operated in before the next oil
change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
Temperature
(°F)
-10
0
20
40
60
80
100
10W-30
Gasoline
Engine Oil *1
5W-20 (5W-30)
1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the
engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM /
ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using
the engine oil viscosity chart.
8 6
50
120
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
Frame Number
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
VIN Label
OUN088001
OVQ076002N
OUN086004
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the number used in registering your vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the front passenger seat. To
check the number, remove the cover
(1).
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
The vehicle certification label
attached on the driver’s side center
pillar gives the vehicle identification
number (VIN).
8 7
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
OUN086005
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
REFRIGERANT LABEL
ENGINE NUMBER
■ Engine 1.6
ORB080005
■ Engine 2.0
OAM082007L
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
8 8
OAM072103L
The refrigerant label is located on
the underside of the hood.
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
CONSUMER ASSISTANCE (U.S. ONLY)
Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current
model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is delivered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use (inservice date), whichever is earlier, for a period of 60
months or 60,000 miles, whichever is earlier, subject to
the terms, conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia
Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable
to your model year vehicle.
KMA reserves the right to limit or deny services or other
benefits to any owner or driver when, in KMA's judgment,
the claims and/or service requests are excessive in frequency or type of occurrence.
Toll free consumer assistance
Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line is staffed
from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Monday through Friday
and is accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542).
For more information regarding assistance available,
please refer to your Kia Warranty & Consumer
Information Manual.
Emergency roadside assistance
Kia's toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24
hours a day, 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing
1-800-333-4Kia (4542).
Please note that you must provide your Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) to verify coverage at the time
of your call. The VIN can be found on the dash of your
vehicle on the driver’s side, on the door jamb of the driver’s door, your vehicle’s registration or proof of insurance card.
Kia utilizes a network of over 17,000 roadside assistance
providers. Should you accidentally run out of fuel, require
a battery jump, or need help changing a tire, a Kia
Roadside Assistance Representative will dispatch someone to deliver a small quantity of gas, change a flat tire
with your inflated spare, or arrange a battery jump to
allow you to proceed to your destination. We have access
to a network of over 10,000 locksmiths to help you should
you become locked out of your Kia.
In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehicle undriveable due to a warranty-related concern, Kia’s
Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to
transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an
alternative service location.
8 9
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport
vehicle, as determined by our driver, to receive this service. In the event that Kia does not have a dealer or an
alternative service location available in a particular location, Kia will work with a reputable local service facility to
ensure that you receive prompt service. Warranty repairs
are performed at no cost.
✽ NOTICE
Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any
Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a “salvage” title or similar “branded” title under any state’s
law or has been declared a “total loss” or equivalent by
a financial institution or insurance company.
8 10
Trip interruption
Trip interruption expense benefits are provided in the
event that a warranty-related disablement occurs more
than 150 miles from your home, and the repairs require
more than 24 hours to complete. Reasonable reimbursement is included for meals, lodging, or rental car expenses. Trip interruption coverage is limited to $100 per day
subject to a three day maximum limit per incident. You
must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Center to
obtain pre-authorization of expenses. Once the Kia
Roadside Assistance Center gives authorization for trip
interruption benefits, they will assist you in making the
necessary arrangements. Insurance deductibles,
expenses, and claims paid by your insurance company or
other providers are not eligible for reimbursement.
Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under
Kia’s Trip Interruption Policy.
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
Registering your vehicle in a foreign country
If you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country,
you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in
that country. Even if you successfully register the vehicle
in a foreign country, you may experience the following
problems and should therefore consider the possibility of
having to deal with them:
1. The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.
If other than the specified fuel is used, it could cause
damage to the engine, the fuel injection system, and
other fuel-related parts which may not be covered
under your New Vehicle Emissions Limited Warranty.
2. We must, therefore, clearly state that when you leave
the country in which you purchased your Kia new and
register it in another country, problems arising from the
use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject
to manufacturer’s warranty. Because vehicles like
yours may not be marketed in the new country of registration, parts, servicing techniques and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be
unavailable.
Even if vehicles like yours are sold there, mechanical
specifications required by the government may vary
enough from the country of purchase to cause additional problems.
3. There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area
in which you plan to register your vehicle. You may
additionally experience difficulty in obtaining services
in a foreign country for any number of reasons.
Further, we cannot assume any responsibility for problems that result from unsatisfactory service or lack of
service outside of the United States.
8 11
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (U.S. ONLY)
The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to perform under all reasonably expected operating conditions.
However, before any additional electrical equipment is
installed in your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia
Dealer, in order to ensure that you do not void your warranty.
Certain electrical equipment, or the way in which it is
installed, may adversely affect the operation of your vehicle, including such systems as the engine control system,
the audio system and the electrical charging system and
thus potentially void all or part of your warranty.
We assume no responsibility for any expense you may
incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its
components or systems that may result from the installation of additional electrical equipment that is not supplied,
or recommended for installation by, Kia.
8 12
Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
If a mobile two-way radio system is installed improperly,
or if an excessively powerful type of system is used, other
electronic systems may be adversely affected. To avoid
damage to your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer
concerning the proper equipment and installation.
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (U.S. ONLY)
Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to
meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read
and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particularly the information under the headings "NOTICE",
"CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions
regarding the operation of your vehicle, safety issues and
defects please contact your Kia's toll-free Consumer
Assistance hot line as below:
National Consumer Affairs Manager
Kia Motors America, Inc.
P.O. Box 52410
Irvine, CA 92619-2410
1-800-333-4Kia (4542)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could
cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Kia
Motors America, Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a
group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Kia Motors
America, Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety
Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-4249153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave, SE., West
Building, Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also obtain
other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
8 13
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS (U.S. ONLY)
The following publications are
www.KiaTechinfo.com at no charge.
available
on
Service manual:
This manual covers maintenance and recommended procedures for repair to engine and chassis components. It
is written for the Journeyman mechanic, but is simple
enough for most mechanically inclined owners to understand.
Electrical troubleshooting manual:
This manual complements the Service Manual by providing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical
circuit in your vehicle.
Owner's manual:
This manual describes the overall features and operating
procedures for the vehicle.
8 14
Index
I
Index
A
Active eco system··························································5-41
Advanced lighting speaker ··········································4-108
Air bag warning label ····················································3-56
Air bag warning light·····················································3-35
Air bags··········································································3-32
Air bag warning label················································3-56
Air bag warning light ················································3-35
Curtain air bag···························································3-48
Driver's and passenger's front air bag ·······················3-44
Occupant detection system········································3-38
Side impact air bag····················································3-47
SRS components and functions ································3-36
Air cleaner ·····································································7-34
Antenna (Roof) ····························································4-106
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ······································5-28
Appearance care·····························································7-78
Exterior care ······························································7-78
Interior care ·······························································7-83
Armrest(front)··································································3-9
Ashtray···········································································4-97
Audio system ·······························································4-106
Advanced lighting speaker······································4-108
Aux, USB and iPod·················································4-108
Roof antenna ···························································4-106
Steering wheel audio control···································4-107
I 2
Automatic climate control system ·································4-82
Air conditioning ························································4-89
Automatic heating and air conditioning····················4-84
Manual heating and air conditioning ························4-85
Automatic transaxle ·······················································5-20
Sports mode·······························································5-22
Automatic transaxle shift position indicator ·················4-46
Aux, USB and iPod ·····················································4-108
B
Base curb weight ···························································5-58
Battery············································································7-38
Battery saver function····················································4-62
Before driving··································································5-3
Bottle holders, see cup holders······································4-98
Brake system··································································5-25
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)··································5-28
Electronic stability control(ESC) ······························5-30
Hill-start assist control ··············································5-33
Parking brake ····························································5-26
Power brakes ·····························································5-25
Vehicle stability management ···································5-34
Brakes/clutch fluid·························································7-31
Bulb replacement ···························································7-67
Bulb wattage ····································································8-2
Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button·················5-8
Index
C
California perchlorate notice ·········································7-88
Camera(Rearview) ·························································4-60
Capacities (Lubricants)····················································8-4
Care
Exterior care ······························································7-78
Interior care ·······························································7-83
Tire care·····································································7-41
Cargo capacity ·······························································5-54
Cargo screen ································································4-102
Cargo weight··································································5-58
Center console storage···················································4-95
Central door lock switch················································4-15
Certification label ··························································5-56
Certification label ····························································8-7
Chains
Tire chains ·································································5-50
Changing tires································································6-14
Checking tire inflation pressure·····································7-42
Child restraint system ····················································3-24
Lower anchor ····························································3-29
Seat belt·····································································3-26
Tether anchor system·················································3-28
Child-protector rear door lock ·······································4-16
Cigarette lighter ·····························································4-97
Climate control air filter ················································4-81
Clothes hanger ·····························································4-100
Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ···············4-37
Compact spare tire ·························································6-19
Compact spare tire replacement ····································7-45
Consumer assistance························································8-9
Coolant···········································································7-28
Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ··································7-28
Crankcase emission control system·······························7-84
Cruise control system ····················································5-37
Cup holder ·····································································4-98
Curtain air bag ·······························································3-48
D
Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel
illumination ·······························································4-38
Dashboard, see instrument cluster ·································4-37
Defogging (Windshield) ················································4-91
Defogging logic (Windshield) ·······································4-93
Defroster (Rear window) ···············································4-72
Defrosting (Windshield) ················································4-91
Dimensions ······································································8-2
Display illumination, see instrument panel
illumination ·······························································4-38
Displays, see instrument cluster ····································4-37
Door locks······································································4-13
Central door lock switch ···········································4-15
Child-protector rear door lock ··································4-16
I 3
Index
Drinks holders, see cup holders·····································4-98
Driver's 3-point seat belt················································3-15
Driver's and passenger's front air bag····························3-44
Driving at night······························································5-46
Driving in flooded areas ················································5-47
Driving in the rain ·························································5-47
E
Economical operation ····················································5-42
Electric chromic mirror ·················································4-33
Electric power steering ··················································4-31
Electrical equipment ······················································8-12
Electronic stability control(ESC)···································5-30
Emergency starting ··························································6-4
Jump starting ·······························································6-5
Push starting ································································6-6
Emergency while driving·················································6-3
Emission control system················································7-84
Crankcase emission control system ··························7-84
Evaporative emission control System ·······················7-84
Exhaust emission control system ······························7-85
Engine ··············································································8-2
Engine compartment························································2-4
Engine coolant ·······························································7-28
Engine number·································································8-8
Engine oil·······································································7-26
Engine overheats······························································6-7
I 4
Engine start/stop button ···················································5-8
Engine temperature gauge ·············································4-39
Engine will not start·························································6-4
Evaporative emission control System ···························7-84
Exhaust emission control system···································7-85
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ···············7-22
Exterior care···································································7-78
Exterior features···························································4-104
Roof rack·································································4-104
F
Flat tire (with spare tire) ················································6-13
Changing tires ···························································6-14
Compact spare tire ····················································6-19
Removing and storing the spare tire ·························6-14
Flat tire (with tire mobility kit) ·····································6-21
Floor mat anchor(s) ·····················································4-101
Fluid
Brakes/clutch fluid ····················································7-31
Washer fluid ······························································7-32
Folding the rear seat ······················································3-10
Front passenger and rear seat belt ·································3-17
Front seat adjustment·······················································3-4
Fuel filler lid ··································································4-24
Fuel gauge······································································4-40
Fuel requirements ····························································1-3
Index
Fuses ··············································································7-55
Fuse/relay panel description······································7-59
Instrument panel fuse ················································7-56
Memory fuse ·····························································7-57
G
Gauge
Engine temperature gauge·········································4-39
Fuel gauge ·································································4-40
GAW (Gross axle weight) ·············································5-58
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ································5-58
Glove box·······································································4-95
GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ········································5-58
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ···························5-58
H
Hazard warning flasher··················································4-61
Hazardous driving conditions········································5-44
Headlamp escort ····························································4-62
Headrest(front)·································································3-6
Headrest(rear) ································································3-12
Hight adjustment····························································3-16
Highway driving ····························································5-48
Hill-start assist control···················································5-33
Hood···············································································4-22
Horn ···············································································4-32
How to use this manual ···················································1-2
I
Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ···················1-7
Indicators and warnings·················································4-47
Inside rearview mirror ···················································4-33
Instrument cluster ··························································4-37
Automatic transaxle shift position indicator ·············4-46
Engine temperature gauge·········································4-39
Fuel gauge ·································································4-40
Instrument panel illumination ···································4-38
Manual transaxle shift indicator································4-46
Odometer···································································4-40
Outside temperature ··················································4-45
Speedometer ······························································4-38
Tachometer ································································4-38
Trip computer ····························································4-41
Warning and indicators ·············································4-47
Instrument panel fuse·····················································7-56
Instrument panel illumination········································4-38
Instrument panel overview ··············································2-3
Interior care····································································7-83
Interior features······························································4-97
Ashtray ······································································4-97
Cargo screen····························································4-102
Cigarette lighter·························································4-97
Clothes hanger·························································4-100
Cup holder·································································4-98
Floor mat anchor(s) ·················································4-101
Luggage net·····························································4-101
I 5
Index
Power outlet ······························································4-99
Shopping bag holder ···············································4-100
Sunvisor·····································································4-98
Interior light ···································································4-69
Interior overview ·····························································2-2
ISG (Idle stop and go) system ·······································5-13
Lower anchor ·································································3-29
Lubricants and capacities·················································8-4
Luggage box ··································································4-96
Luggage net ·································································4-101
J
Maintenance
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ···········7-22
Maintenance services ··················································7-4
Maintenance under severe usage conditions·············7-21
Normal maintenance schedule ····································7-9
Owner maintenance·····················································7-6
Scheduled maintenance service ··································7-8
Tire maintenance ·······················································7-46
Maintenance schedule······················································7-8
Maintenance under severe usage conditions·············7-21
Normal maintenance schedule ····································7-9
Maintenance services·······················································7-4
Manual climate control system······································4-73
Air conditioning ························································4-78
Climate control air filter············································4-81
Heating and air conditioning·····································4-74
Manual transaxle····························································5-17
Manual transaxle shift indicator ····································4-46
Memory fuse··································································7-57
Jump starting····································································6-5
K
Key position·····································································5-5
Keys ·················································································4-2
L
Label
Air bag warning label················································3-56
Refrigerant label··························································8-8
Tire sidewall labeling ················································7-46
Tire specification and pressure label···························8-8
Vehicle certification label············································8-7
Light bulbs ·····································································7-67
Lighting··········································································4-62
Battery saver function ···············································4-62
Headlamp escort························································4-62
I 6
M
Index
Mirrors ···········································································4-33
Day/night rearview mirror ········································4-33
Electric chromic mirror ·············································4-33
Inside rearview mirror···············································4-33
Outside rearview mirror ············································4-34
Multi box ·······································································4-96
O
Occupant detection system ············································3-38
Odometer ·······································································4-40
Oil (Engine) ···································································7-26
Online factory authorized manuals································8-14
Outside rearview mirror·················································4-34
Outside temperature·······················································4-45
Overheats ·········································································6-7
Owner maintenance ·························································7-6
P
Parking brake ·································································5-26
Parking brake ·································································7-33
Power brakes··································································5-25
Power outlet ···································································4-99
Power window lock button············································4-21
Pre-tensioner seat belt····················································3-19
Push starting·····································································6-6
R
Rear seat·········································································3-10
Rearview camera ···························································4-60
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ··················7-41
Recommended lubricants and capacities·························8-4
Recommended SAE viscosity number························8-6
Refrigerant label ······························································8-8
Remote keyless entry·······················································4-4
Replacement light bulb··················································7-67
Reporting safety defercts ···············································8-13
Road warning···································································6-2
Rocking the vehicle ·······················································5-45
Roof antenna································································4-106
Roof rack ·····································································4-104
S
Scheduled maintenance service ·······································7-8
Maintenance under severe usage conditions·············7-21
Normal maintenance schedule ····································7-9
Seat belt warning ···························································3-15
Seat belts········································································3-14
Hight adjustment ·······················································3-16
Pre-tensioner seat belt ···············································3-19
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system····························3-15
Seat belt warning·······················································3-15
Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat·················3-17
I 7
Index
Seat warmer ·····································································3-8
Seatback pocket ·······························································3-9
Seating capacity ·····························································5-53
Seats ·················································································3-2
Armrest(front) ·····························································3-9
Folding the rear seat··················································3-10
Front seat adjustment ··················································3-4
Headrest(front) ····························································3-6
Headrest(rear)····························································3-12
Rear seat ····································································3-10
Seat warmer·································································3-8
Seatback pocket···························································3-9
Shopping bag holder····················································4-100
Side impact air bag ························································3-47
Smart key ·········································································4-7
Smooth cornering···························································5-46
Snow tires ······································································5-49
Spare tire
Compact spare tire ····················································6-19
Compact spare tire replacement································7-45
Removing and storing the spare tire ·························6-14
Special driving conditions ·············································5-44
Driving at night ·························································5-46
Driving in flooded areas············································5-47
Driving in the rain ·····················································5-47
Hazardous driving conditions ···································5-44
Highway driving························································5-48
Rocking the vehicle···················································5-45
Smooth cornering ······················································5-46
I 8
Speedometer···································································4-38
Sports mode ···································································5-22
SRS components and functions ·····································3-36
Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ··················6-4
Steering wheel································································4-31
Electric power steering··············································4-31
Horn···········································································4-32
Tilt steering ·······························································4-32
Steering wheel audio control ·······································4-107
Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit ··················5-54
Storage compartment ·····················································4-95
Center console storage ··············································4-95
Glove box ··································································4-95
Luggage box······························································4-96
Multi box···································································4-96
Sunroof···········································································4-27
Sunvisor ·········································································4-98
T
Tachometer·····································································4-38
Tailgate···········································································4-17
Tether anchor system ·····················································3-28
Tilt steering ····································································4-32
Tire and loading information label ································5-53
Tire chains······································································5-50
Tire mobility kit ·····························································6-21
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ·······················6-8
Tire specification and pressure label ·······························8-8
Index
Tires and wheels·····················································7-41, 8-3
Checking tire inflation pressure ································7-42
Compact spare tire replacement································7-45
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures··············7-41
Tire care·····································································7-41
Tire maintenance ·······················································7-46
Tire replacement························································7-45
Tire rotation·······························································7-43
Tire sidewall labeling ················································7-46
Tire traction ·······························································7-46
Wheel alignment and tire balance·····························7-44
Wheel replacement····················································7-46
Towing ···········································································6-27
Towing capacity·····························································5-54
Transaxle
Automatic transaxle ··················································5-20
Manual transaxle ·······················································5-17
Trip computer ································································4-41
V
Vehicle break-in process··················································1-5
Vehicle capacity weight ·················································5-53
Vehicle certification label ················································8-7
Vehicle curb weight ·······················································5-58
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ············1-6
Vehicle handling instruncions··········································1-5
Vehicle identification number (VIN)·······························8-7
Vehicle load limit···························································5-53
Cargo capacity···························································5-54
Certification label······················································5-56
Seating capacity ························································5-53
Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit ··············5-54
Tire and loading information label····························5-53
Towing capacity ························································5-54
Vehicle capacity weight ············································5-53
Vehicle stability management········································5-34
Vehicle weight ·······························································5-58
Base curb weight ·······················································5-58
Cargo weight ·····························································5-58
GAW (Gross axle weight)·········································5-58
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)····························5-58
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)····································5-58
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ······················5-58
Vehicle curb weight···················································5-58
Volume/weight ·································································8-3
I 9
Index
W
Warning and indicators ··················································4-47
Washer fluid···································································7-32
Weight/volume·································································8-3
Wheel alignment and tire balance ·································7-44
Wheel replacement ························································7-46
Windows ········································································4-19
Auto down window···················································4-21
Power window lock button ·······································4-21
Windshield defrosting and defogging····························4-91
Defogging logic·························································4-93
Winter driving································································5-49
Snow tires··································································5-49
Tire chains ·································································5-50
Wiper blades ··································································7-35
Wipers and washers ·······················································4-66
I 10
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement